unit1
1.conference和 meeting
conference 是指就某一或某些问题交换观点的正式会议或定期会议;
meeting是最通用的名词,通常指讨论,安排事情或工作的事务性会议;
而 party是指娱乐性的“宴会”、“茶会”或“舞会”等。
①The teachers are having a meeting to decide who will go to the Teach-ing Conference to be held in Beijing.老师们正在开会讨论谁将去北京参加教学学术会议。
②The children are going to have a party to celebrate WWang Dong's birth-day.孩子们将搞一个聚会来庆祝王东的生日。
2.have something (nothing) to do withto have something(nothing)to do with 意思是“与···有(无)关”,=beconnected with。
①At school the boy often asked a lot of questions that had nothing to dowith his lessons.上学时,这个孩子常问许多与功课无关的问题。
②The accident had nothing to do with the road conditions. It was be-cause he was driving too fast.这场事故与道路状况无关,是因为他开车太快。
③The crash of the plane had something to do with the weather.飞机失事与天气有关。
④Do you have anything to do with that case?你与那件案子有关系吗?
【注】这一短语中something,也可用nothing,much,a lot,a little,little等词语替换,表示不同程度的关系。
What he said and what he didhad nothing to do with what had already happened.他的所说所为与所发生的毫无关系。
You have to prove yourself to be innocent,that is, you had nothing to do with the murder.你必须证实自己无罪,也就是说,你与凶杀案无关。
3.sure与certainsure
常用在连系动词之后,后接of或about引导的介词短语或直接跟不定式短语,也可以接从句,作“确信”、“有把握”解释。
① Do you feel quite sure of that?你对那事很有把握吗?
② He was not sure about two things:the grammar and some of the id-ioms.他对语法和某些成语这两方面没有把握。
③ I think the answer is right but I'm not so sure about it.我想这答案是对的,但我没有把握。④ Smith is a good man for the job,but I'm not so sure about Robinson.史密斯干这工作很合适,但对罗宾逊我无把握。
⑤ I'm not sure when the concert will be held.我不能肯定音乐会在什么时候开。
⑥ I'm sure that I know nothing about the matter.我真的对这事一无所知。
⑦ He isn't sure when to leave Beijing.何时离开北京,他还说不定。
⑧ She isn't sure whether to stay in New York next month.下月是否留在纽约,她还不能肯定。【注】sure接不定式时,其不定式的逻辑主语应与句子主语一致,如句⑦⑧;若不定式的逻辑主语与句子主语不一致,则sure后多接从句,如句⑤。【注】sure与certain的意思基本相同,但sure强调主语的心理状态,指主语心中无疑或十分确信、有把握,着重于人的内心世界;而certain着重说明有肯定的理由和证据使人相信或确信,强调内心世界之外的证据。
⑨ I'm quite certain the bridge is safe.我确信这座桥是安全的。
⑩ He was sure that the manager must have read the letter.他坚信经理一定看过了那封信。【注】当主语是人时,sure和certain常可替换,意思相差不大,但由于sure多表示人的内心世界,故其主语只能是人,且不能用来形容事件,所以当主语是表示事件的名词或代词时,或主语是it时,只能用certain。
⑪ It isn't quite certain whether he will be present at the meeting.他能否出席会议,尚不能十分肯定。
⑫ Is it quite certain or is it not yet decided?是定下来了还是没有决定呢?
⑬ It is now certain that he won the election.现在可以肯定他在选举中获胜。
⑭ It's almost certain that the government will lose the next election.几乎可以肯定现政府会在下次选举中输掉。
make sure 意为“弄清楚”、“一定要”、“保证做到”,与make certain意思相同。
⑮ I only came to make sure that everything was all right.我只是来弄清楚是否一切都无问题。
⑯ Have you made certain of the time of the train?火车开车时间你搞清楚了吗?
⑰ Make certain/sure that the windows are shut before you leave theroom.出门之前一定要注意把窗子关好。
⑱ Make sure you get there in time.一定要准时到达那里。
请注意 be sure /certain to do sth. 与 be sure/certain of doing sth.的差异。前者表示主语肯定会做某事,后者则意为主语觉得有把握做某事,但他的这种想法有可能是错的,换言之,前者讲的是客观上将要发生什么事,而后者讲的是主语主观上的思想状态。
试比较:
⑲ Our football team is sure to win.我们足球队肯定会赢。
⑳ Before the football match,we felt quite sure of winning,but after thefirst five minutes,we began to lose heart.足球赛开始前,我们感到很有把握赢,但五分钟后,我们开始失去信心了。sure与certain的副词分别是surely和certainly,但两者意思大不相同。
试比较下列句子:
21 Surely that's Mary over there? I thought she was still in New York.那边想必是玛丽吧?我还以为她仍在纽约呢!
22 That's certainly Mary over there.那边肯定是玛丽。
23 “Is it tonight that we are going out?”“No,tomorrow,surely?”
“是不是今天晚上我们要出去?”
“不是,是明天,没错吧?”
24 He will certainly die if you don't get a doctor.如果你不去请医生,他肯定会死的。【注】从以上例句可以看出,说话者用cortainly往往意思非常肯定;用surely虽表司相信,但又感到惊奇,或难以相信。当然,surely在美国英语中也用来表示乐于赞同,这只能根据句子上下文的意思来决定。
【注】关于 make sure,be sure 和for sure的区别详见《中学英语1+1)高二下册第20单元
4.How did you find the talk this morning?你觉得今天上午的报告怎么样?
How do you find...意为“你觉得···怎么样?”,一般用来征求对方对某人或某事的看法或意见,回答是在find后面跟形容词类的词作宾补,或直接用一形容词作简略回答即可。
①"How did you find Mr Johnson?"
“(I found him)Honest and modest."
“你觉得约翰逊先生这个人怎样?”
“我觉得他诚实谦虚。”
②"How did you find the football match last night?"“(I found it) Very exoiting."
“你觉得昨晚的足球赛怎么样?”“非常激动人心。”
【注】有关与本句型类似的其他用法详见《中学英语1+1》高二下册第18单元。
5.动词doubt的一些常见用法
动词doubt意为“怀疑”、“不信”、“拿不准”,其后通常接名词和动词的-ing形式,也可以接宾语从句,但不能接动词不定式。
① Do you think him fit for the job?-No,I doubu it.你认为他胜任这项工作吗?一我不信。
② I don't doubt that John will come on time.我毫不怀疑约翰会准时到来。
③ He says he can cure me but I still doubt him.他说他能治好我的病,但我还是不相信他。
④ Nor do we doubt being able to finish in time.我们也未对能否及时完成这一点怀疑过。doubt后可接介词of引起的短语。
⑤ They have never doubted of success.他们从未对取得成功有什么怀疑。
6.fun一词的用法
“Have fun.”通常用来向对方表示真诚的祝愿,意思是“祝你玩得愉快。”相当于“Have a good time,"" Enjoy yourself.”
①"I'm going to Guilin for a sightseeing tomorrow."“Have fun.”“我明天去桂林观光。”“祝你玩得愉快。”
fun意为“玩笑”、“乐趣”、“娱乐”,可指事物也可以指人,指人时可作“有趣的人”解释。无论指人还是指事物,都是不可数名词。
② The children were having a lot of fun with the building bricks.孩子们搭积木玩得很开心。③ Her baby is great fun.她的婴儿非常好玩。
④ What fun the children had at the seaside!孩子们在海边玩得多么高兴!
⑤ I don't see the fun of doing that.我觉得做那事没什么意思。
fun可以和介词for或in构成词组。for fun或in fun,意为“开玩笑地”,“不是认真地”。
⑥ He said it only for fun/in fun.他只是开玩笑而已。
⑦ I'm not saying it for fun.我讲这话不是开玩笑的。
make fun of意为“嘲笑”、“开···的玩笑”。相当于laugh at 或 makefool of
⑧ Don't make fun of disabled people.不要嘲笑残疾人。
⑨ He was often made fun of for his strong accent.由于他乡音重,大家常和他开玩笑。
fun的形容词是funny,意为“滑稽可笑的”、“不严肃的”、“不舒服的”等。
⑩ There's something funny(=strange)about the affair.这事情有点奇怪。(=uneasy) all over.
⑪ He told the doctor that he felt funny他对医生说他浑身不舒服。
7.devote...to 忠诚于···,献身于···,全力以赴···这里的to是介词,后接名词、代词或动名词,不能理解为动词不定式符号。
① He devoted his spare time to learning English.他把业余时间用来学英语。
② He devoted his whole life to studying the origin of cancer,他一生都在研究癌症的根源。
③ We should not devote much time to trifles.我们不应该在小事上花很多时间。
④ She devoted her life to helping homeless children.她把一生用来帮助无家可归的孩子。
由于devote是及物动词,故其后必须带宾语,但我们也可以用bodevoled to的形式,在不同的上下文可表示不同的意思。
⑤ Some of them were devoted to the study of natural science.他们中的有些人专门研究自然科学。
⑥ Much of his time was devoled to correcting students' exercises.他的很多时间都花在了给学生改作业上。
⑦ This column is devoted to essays.这个专栏专登小品文。
⑧ The shops are on the ground floor while the finst floor is devoted toliving.商店设在一层,二层用于居住。
⑨ The old granny is quite devoted to her grandson.这老奶奶很喜欢她的孙子。
⑩ Her son,lo whom she is so devoted, went abroad last year,leaving heralone in the small village.她非常疼爱的儿子去年去了国外,留下她一个人在小村子里。
【注】devote的名词是devotion,其后也跟介词to。
⑪ The manager praised him for his devotion to the duty.经理赞扬他忠于职守。经理赞扬他忠于职守。
⑫ We were all deeply moved by the teacher's devotion to the cause of ed.ucation,我们都被老师对教育事业的忠诚所深深感动。
8.go over 和 go through
go over通常作“复习一遍”或“重复一遍”解。
① Please go over the units learned before next lesson.在下一节课前要把所学的单元复习一遍。（=review）
② I will go over the explanation of how the machine works.我再解释一下这台机器的操作原理。(=repeat)
go over 可用来表示“看一下”、“检查一下”,以决定做什么。
① We should like to go over the house before deciding whether we wanto buy it.我们应该把这房子看一下,然后再决定是否买它。(=have a lookas)
② The police went over the gun for fingerprints.警察仔细检查这支枪;想找到指纹。(=examine)
③ We wenl over every detail of his story in an effort to discover whetherit was true or not.我们把他所谈的话的每个细节又都想了一遍,以弄清他讲的是不是真的。(=think over)
④ The teachers were busy going over examination papers.老师在忙于批阅考卷。(=look through)
与go over意思接近的有 go through,意为“审阅”、“检查”、“学习”、“练习”。
⑤ He thought it his duty to go through the papers.他认为自己有责任检查这些文件。(=examine)
⑥ He watched a group of schoolgirls going through their basic skills.他看一群女孩子练基本功。(=practise)
与go over不同的是,go through还有“经历(困难、痛苦等)”、“经过”之意,而go over则无此意。
⑦ She went through untold hardships in her childhood.她童年时期受过说不完的艰难困苦。(=experience)
⑧ His book was an immediate success and went through ten editions in ayear.他的书一出就受到欢迎,一年之内出了十版。(=publish)
go through还有“完成”、“用光”、“通过”之意
⑨ The proposed bill failed to go through.提出的仪案未能通过。(=pass)
⑪ Since we've started it,we shall have to go through with-it.既然我们已经开始干,我们就要干到底。(= go on with it to theend)
⑪ Do you mean to say that we've gone through all those envelopes Ibought last week?你的意思是说把我上周买的那些信封全用完了?(=use up)
⑫ Shall we go through the Customs and then have lunch?我们是不是先办完海关手续,然后吃午饭?
【注】有关 go through的详细用法,参见《中学英语1+1》高二下第18单元。
9.Madame Curie will always be remembered as the discoverer of radium.居里夫人作为钿的发现者将永远为人们所怀念。
此处remomber作“怀念”、“铭记”解释。
① His kindness will alwaye be remembered by us4我们将永远铭记他的好意。
② Lu Xun will always be remembered as a great thinker and writer.作为一位伟大的思想家和作家,鲁迅将永远为人们所怀念。
【注】在口语中,remember与to连用,表示“向···问好”。
③ Will you kindly remember me to your family?请代我向你家里人问好,好吗?
④ He asked to be remembered to all his friends in the class.他要我代他向班上的全体朋友问好。
【注】Madame意为“夫人”,一般用来称呼非英语国家的已婚妇女,用于夫姓前,可缩写为Mme。
10.动词 admit的用法admit作“准许进入”、“允许参加”解释。
① Open the window to admit some fresh air.打开窗子透透新鲜空气。
② About two thousand students were admitted to Beijing. Universitylasl year.去年北大招了二千左右学生。
④ Such people shouldn't be admitted to the Party.这样的人不能吸收入党。
④ If you promise not to tell anybody,I'll admit you to a secret如果你答应对谁也不讲,我就告诉你一个秘密。
admit可作“承认”解释,这时,其后可跟名词、动词的-ing形式、宾语从句或宾语+宾语补足语。
⑤ Finally they have to admit defeal.最后他们不得不承认失败。
⑥ She admitted having done wrong.她承认自己做错了。
⑦ John admitted knowing little about the subjeot.约翰承认对这一问题很不理解。
⑧ The boy admitted that he had broken the window.那男孩承认是他打碎了窗子。
⑨ You must admit the work to be difficult.你应当承认这项任务是艰巨的。
【注】admit后可接不定式作宾补,但不可接不定式作宾语,如例句9
admit of:作“容许”解。
⑩ The matter admits of no delay.这事不容耽搁。
⑪ This is a universal truth which admits of no exception.这是一条毫无例外的普遍真理。admit to:承认。
⑫ I must admit to being ashamed for what had happened.发生了这样的事我应承认我感到惭愧。
⑬ I admit to feeling proud of my discovery:我承认对自己这一发现感到骄傲。
⑭ The man admitted to stealing the jewels from the shop.那个人承认他从店里偷走了珠宝。
【注】admit of、admit to 都是英语中的词组,admit to后面接名词或动词-ing形式,to为介词,不能看不定式符号。
11.be determined to do sth.表示“决心做某事”,=make up one's mind to do sth.或firmly.decideto do sth.。
①I'm determined to catch up with others this term.我决心要在本学期赶上其他的同学们。②He is determined to go and nothing will stop him.他下决心要去,什么也阻挡不了他。determined是形容词,是“坚定的”的意思。如③Madame Curie was a determined woman and set a good example tous.居里夫人是一位坚定的女性,给我们树立了好榜样。determination意为“决心”
④He is a young man with great determination.他是个具有坚强决心的年青人。
12.wear,dress,have on,be in 和 put onwear作“穿、戴、蓄留着(发、须)”解。
①He wears a school uniform.他穿着一套校服。
②School boys and girls mustn't wear necklaces or long hair.学生们禁止戴项链留长发。
不及物动词 wear还可作“穿旧、磨损、耐久”解。
③The children's trousers will soon wear.孩子们的裤子将很快穿旧。
④This kind of cloth wears well.这种布耐穿。wear,dress,have on,be in,put on 都是“穿”,或者“穿着”的意思,我示动作或状态,但用法不一样。wear是及物动词,后面接各种可以穿可以佩戴类的名词作宾语。
He wears a coat/a gold watch.他穿着大衣/他戴着一块金表。
have on表示“穿着”、“戴着”等,指状态,不用于进行时态中。
He has a pair of blue shoes on.他穿着一双蓝鞋。
drese接表示人的词语作宾语,强调动作。
⑤The mother is dressing the baby.妈妈正在给孩子穿衣。
⑮The girl is dresning hermelf before the mirror.那女孩正在镜子前打扮。
be dreanad in(=wear)强调“穿着”这一状态。
可接名词或者表示颜色的词。
⑦The man is dressed in blue, = The man is dressed in a blue cont.那位男士穿着蓝色的衣服。
drossed in 可以用作后置定语。
⑧The boy dreased in blue is my brother.穿蓝衣服的男孩是我的弟弟。
bein+颜色的词=be drested in,用作定语时可用in加上颜色的。
⑲Is the girl in rad a new comer?穿红衣服的女孩是新来的吗?
put on表示“穿上”,指动作。
Put on moro clothes;it is cold outside.多穿点衣服,外面冷。
13.动词 succecd的用法nacceed意为“成功”,为不及物动词,常后接介词引起的短语。
① I hope you will succeed in your efforts.我希望你们的努力会得到成功。
② She sucoeededthe second time she took the examination.她第二次参加考试获得成功。③ He is the type of person who aucceeds overy where.他是那种到处都能吃得开的人。
④ At last Tom suoceedad in passing the physics exam.汤姆终于通过了物理考试。
【注】auooood in doing ath,相当于 manage to do ath
They succeed in porforming their duty.相当于 They managed to perfomtheir duty
succeed的名词是 success,形容词是 succesaful,副词是successfully。其中,success既可以是可数名词,也可以是不可数名词,当表示一个成功的事例或取得成功的人物时,success是可数名词,当笼统地说“成功”时,是不可数名词。success与failure.相对。和 success-样,failure既可作可数名词,也可以作不可数名词。
⑤ Nothing succeeds like success.一事成功万事成。
⑥ I had no success as a novelist.作为小作家我毫无成功之处。
⑦ He has had three successes and one failure.他有过三次成功,一次失败。
⑧ The army has had several suocesses.这支部队打了几次胜仗。
14.give off 与give out的异同give off意为“发生”、“产生”,通常指发出光、声、热或气味。
① The sun gives off light and heat.太阳发出光和热。
② Water,when boiled,always gives off steam.水沸时总产生出蒸气。
③ Burning leaves give off thick smoke.燃着的树叶放出浓烟。
④ The moon does not give off light of their own.月亮本身不发光。
give out既可指发出声、光、热、信号,也可指“散发”或“分发”报 纸 、试卷、书本或某种有形东西,这是与give off的区别之处。
⑤ The rose gives out sweet smell.玫瑰花散发出芬芳的气息。
⑥ Give the examination papers out to the children.请把试卷分发给孩子们。
⑦ The monitor gave the exercise-booka out.班长把练习本发给大家。
⑧ He often came to check their studies and give out new assignments.他常常检查他们的学习情况,布置新的作业。
give out还有“发表”、“公布”、“耗尽”之意,而 give off 无此意。
⑨ The date of theelection will be given out soon.选举日期将很快公布。
⑩ The news of the event was given out over the radio.关于这一事件的消息是通过无线电广播公布的。
⑪ It was given out that the strikers had decided to return to work.已经宣布,罢工者决定复工。
⑫ Finally her patience gave out.最后她失去了耐心。
⑬ After thelong walk,his legs gave out and couldn't go any farther.途跋涉之后,他两腿疲乏不堪,再也走不动了。
⑭ I plan to stay there until my money gives out.我计划在那里呆到钱用完为止。
15....which she named“polonium”in honor of her motherland-Poland为向她的祖国一波兰表示敬意,她把这种矿物取名为“钋”。
in honor of sb./sth.或in one's honor意为“为了纪念/尊敬某人事。
① A monument was built in honor of the heroes who gave up their liduring the war.为了纪念在战争中献身的英雄们,建立了一座纪念碑。② We are planning a big Christmas party in your honor.我们正筹划为你举行一次盛大的圣诞晚会。
honor作“荣幸”、“使感到光荣的人或事”解释时,是可数名词,但般用单数形式。
③ It's an honor to meet you.认识你很感荣幸。④ I feel it a great honor to be invited.受到邀请,深感荣幸。
⑤ I have the honor to inform you that you've won the Nobel Prize.我荣幸地通知您,您获得了诺贝尔奖。
⑥ May I have the honor of your company at dinner?你能陪我吃顿饭吗?
honor也可用作动词,意为“使···感到荣幸”、“给···荣誉”。
⑦ We were greatly honored by her visit.她的来访使我们感到非常荣幸。
⑧ I feel highly honored by the kind things you said about me.你赞扬我的话使我深感荣幸。16.words与介词搭配
in words(用语言),by words(用文字),with the words(说了这话)
①He expressed his feeling in words like this....他用这样的话来表达他的思想。
②In ancient times, messages were sent from one another by worde.在古代的时候,人们用文字来传递信息。
③With the words, he said good-bye to us and left the classroom.说完这些话,他同我们说了声再见就离开了教室。
17.above all 首先,最重要的
above all 相当于 more than anything else,most important of all。
① Above all I want to know how to do it.最重要的是我想知道怎样做这件事。
② A teacher,above all,should know how to deal wwith the problems tak-ing place in class correctly.一个教师首先应该知道怎样处理课堂上发生的问题。
③ Never waste anything,and above all,never waste time.千万不要浪费任何东西,而最重要的是千万不要浪费时间。
④ Be sure to come to the meeting,and above all,be on time.务必来开会,尤其重要的是要准时到会。
【注】above除了表示数量、位置、年龄等关系外,还可表示职位的高低、能力的大小等。
⑤ This book is quite above me.这本书我看不懂。
⑥ He is above me in the office.在办公室里他是我的顶头上司。
【注】above也可以作形容词或副词用。
⑦ As has been said above,he is a hero.正如上面说的,他是一个英雄。
⑧ I said it in the above sentences.在上面的句子中我说过这件事。
⑨ The above-mentioned accident tells us that we should be careful whilecrossing streets.上面提到的事故告诉我们,在穿过街道时要小心。
18.believe in 与 believe
believe in 作“信任”、“信仰”、“主张”解释,相当于trust;而believe意为“相信”。
前者是指对人格的信赖,后者仅指相信某人所说的话;前者说明人的本质可靠,后者只是表示相信某人某一次所说的话,不是指相信某人一般的言行。① You can believe in him,he will never let you down.你可以信任他,他永远不会使你失望。
② Until now,I have always believed firmly in his honesty.直到目前,我一直都坚信他是诚实的。
③ A hundred years ago few people believed in the possibility of fly.一百年前,很少人相信飞行是可能的。
④ I don't believe in going to extremes.我不赞成走极端。
⑤ I just couldn't believe my ears.我简直不相信自己的耳朵。
⑥ Do you believe what he said? 你相信他说的话吗?
【注】believe in后接名词、代词或动名词短语,尤其作“主张”解释后面通常接动名词短语。
⑦ I believe in keeping early hours.我主张早睡早起。
⑧ I've always believed in being broad-minded.我一向主张心胸要开阔。
⑨ He believed in rotating the crops to save the strength of the soil他主张轮种以保持地力。
⑩ Mr Smith is very direct. He believes in speaking his mind.史密斯先生为人直率,喜欢有什么说什么。
【注】believe还可接不定式作宾语补足语,也可以变成被动语态,后不定式作主语补足语。
⑪ I believed it to have been a mistake.我相信这是一次误会。
⑫ He was believed to have done it.大家认为那件事是他做的。
⑬ They are believed to have discussed this problem.据信这个问题他们已经讨论过了。
⑭ We believe him to be honest.我们认为他是诚实的。
19.Marie Curie never made money out of her research.玛丽亚·居里从不通过她的研究来赚钱。out of此处意为“利用”、“从”。
① The hut was made out ofold plank.这小屋是用旧木板盖的。
② The old granny made a hat out of bits of old material.
③ Can good ever come out of evil?恶能生出善来吗?
out of 有多种意思,现将常用的几种简介如下,请大家注意掌握。out of可表示“从···中”。相当于from among。
④ Choose one out of these ten.从这十个当中挑选一个。
⑤ It happens in nine cases out of ten.十次有九次如此。
⑥ This is only one instance out of several.这不过是若干例子中的一个。
out of还可表示“无”、“没有”,相当于without。⑦ When the old man got to the top of the hill,he was quite out ofbreath.当这老人到达山顶时已是气喘吁吁了。
⑧ Mr Green has been out of work for two months.格林先生失业已有两个月了。
⑨ This book is out of stock.这本书卖完了。
out of 可表示情况,有“脱离”之含义。
⑩ This kind of dress is out of fashion.这种衣服已经过时了。
⑪ The patient is now out of danger.病人已经脱险了。
⑫ The car was out of control and hit a tree,这辆汽车失去了控制撞在树上。
out of还可用在某些动词后面,表示该动作的结果。
⑬ Mrs Smith talked her son out of going out fishing.史密斯夫人说服了她儿子不要出去钓鱼。⑭ The six-year- old boy was cheated out of his money by a stranger.这个六岁男孩的钱被一个陌生人骗走了。
⑮ A snake frightened the girl out of her wits.一条蛇把那女孩吓得不知所措。
out of 可表示动机或原因。
⑯ They helped us out of pity.他们出于同情帮助我们。
⑰ She asked only out of curiosity.她只是出于好奇而探问。
⑱ It was done out of mischief.这是由于恶作剧造成的。
20.refuse sb.refuse sb.相当于 refuse one's invitation or request,表示“拒绝某人的请或请求”。
①I invited him to my party but he refused me(= my invitation).我邀请他参加我们聚会,但他拒绝了。
②She asked me to lend her some money,but I refused her (herquest).她要求我借给她一些钱,但我拒绝了她的请求。
③ The window refused to close. = The window won't close.窗户关不上。指因出毛病而不能正常起作用的情况。
【注】refuse 更多地用于 refuse to do结构,表示“拒绝做某事”。
21.instead与 instead of
instead 和instead of 在汉语中都有“代替”、“替代”之意。但意思大径庭,前者有肯定作用,后者含否定意义。试比较下列句子:
① The water here is not good,so I'm drinking beer instead.这儿的水质不好,所以我改喝啤酒。② We'll have fish instead of meat for lunch.我们中饭吃鱼不吃肉。
③ If Harry is not well enough to go with you,take me instead.如果哈里不舒服不能跟你去,带我去好了。
④ Next term Mr Brown will take this class instead of Miss Green.下学期布朗先生将代替格林小姐来教这个班。
22.set off 与 set out
set off作“引爆”、“点燃”解释。
① The children gathered in the garden to set the fireworks off.孩子们聚在花园里放烟火。
② This question set off a heated discussion.这个问题引发了一场热烈的讨论。
③ He was so hot-tempered-a word from her would set him off.他是这样急躁,她说一句话就会引起他生气。他是这样急躁,她说一句话就会引起他生气。
④ The first atom bomb was set off over Hiroshima.第一颗原子弹是在广岛上空爆炸的。set off可作“装饰”、“衬得好看”解释。
⑤ A large hat sometimes set off a pretty face.有时一只大帽子会把脸衬托得很好看。
⑥ This gold frame setsoff your oil painting very well.这个金色的镜框把你的画衬托得非常好看。
⑦ They set off the classroom with colored tapes and flags.他们用彩条和旗帜把教室装饰起来。
⑧ The blue dress sets off the color of Mary's eyes.有蓝色衣裙作陪衬,玛丽眼睛的颜色更好看。
set off亦可作“造成”、“使···开始”解释。
⑨ If you set grandfather off on his favourite subject, he'll talk forhours.如果你引祖父谈起他喜爱的话题,他会谈个没完。
⑩ Don't set her off crying again, whatever you do.不管干什么,别再惹她哭了。
⑪ A letter from home set off an attack of homesickness.一封家信引起了思乡之情。【注】set off作“动身”、“启程”解释时,与set out意义基本相同。但set off意为“开始”时仅是指开始做走、追、跑的动作,而set out指着手或开始做各种事情,后面常接不定式或动词-ing 形式短语。
⑫ Then they set off for home.然后他们就动身回家了。
⑬ All the villagers have set out looking for the missing child.所有村民都出发去找丢失的孩子。⑭ They set out to perform the operation.他们开始动手术。
set out 还可作“列举”、“详述”解释,而set off无此意。
⑮ He set out his reasons for what he had done.他列举了他这样做的理由。
⑯ She set out his ideas in simple English.他用简单的英文表达了他的想法。
⑰ The committee's plans were set out in the report.委员会的计划在报告中作了详细说明。
⑱ Mr Johnson set out his arguments in his speech.约翰逊先生在讲话中说明了他的论点。
23.Scientists soon discovered that it could be used as a cure for cancer.科学家很快发现它可以用来治疗癌症。
cure作为动词,意为“医治”、“治好”,是及物动词,其主语可以是医生,也可以是某种药。“治好某人的某种病”要用oure sb.of sth.来表示。
① Is he cured of his wound?他的伤治好了没有?② The fresh air on the farm cured him of his headaches.农场的新鲜空气治好了他的头痛。
③ This medicine will cure your fever in no time.这种药很快就会治好你的高烧。
cure可引伸为“纠正”、“消除(弊病)”等意思。
④ We have to cure the child of bad habits.我们必须纠正孩子的坏习惯。
⑤ The government put forward a program to cure unemployment.政府提出一个解决失业问题的规划。
cure也可以作名词用,中文意思与作动词时相同
⑥ His cure took only a few weeks.只不过几个星期,他的病就治好了。
⑦ You have to take another cure before you get well.你还要治一个疗程才能恢复。
⑧ The doctor found a new cure for the disease.医生找到了治这种病的新疗法。
【注】cure与treat的区别为前者强调结果,即“治愈”;后者着重于程,即“治疗”,但不涉及结果。
试比较下列句子:
⑨ His wounds were well treated in the army hospital.他的伤在部队医院得到很好的治疗。
⑩ His wounds were cured.他的伤治愈了。
24.effect和 affecteffect是名词,意为“结果”、“效力”、“影响”,常用在 have effect的词组中。
① The medicine has little effect on the old man.这药对那老人几乎没有效果。
② Punishment almost had no effect on the naughty boy.惩罚对那个顽皮的男孩不起作用。③ The children were suffering from the effects of the hot weather.孩子们甚受天气炎热之苦。④ Our arguments had some effect on them.我们的议论对他们有一些影响。
动词 affect作“影响”解,通常指对身体、思想或情绪带来不良影响
如:
⑤ The rise in prices will affect all classes.物价的上涨使各阶层的人都受到影响。
⑥ Some plants are quickly affected by cold.有些植物很快受到寒冷的影响。
⑦ The climate affected his health.气候影响了他的健康。
affect还有“感动”、“触动”之意。相当于move。⑧ I was too much affected to answer.我感动得回答不出话来。
⑨ Music affects some people very strongly.音乐对一些人有极强的感染力。
⑩ He was much affected by the sad news.这一不幸消息对他触动很大。
⑪ She was affected at seeing such a scene.她看到这种场面深受感动。
affect亦有“感染”、“侵袭”之意,一般指感染疾病。
⑫ This disease affects millions of people in the world every year.这种疾病每年都使全世界数百万人受到感染。
⑬ The throat is affected by cold.喉咙因感冒发炎了。
⑭ The disease affected his mind so that he could not remember what hehad done.疾病伤害了他的大脑,因此自己干过的事他也记不起来了。
25.considerconsider=think of,consider,作“考虑”解时,有以下几种用法:
①We are considering your plan now.我们正在考虑你的计划(接名词)。
②You should consider accepting our request.你应该考虑接受我们的邀请(接动词-ing形式)。③ We'll consider what to do next.我们会考虑下一步做什么的(接疑问词+不定式)。consider(=think)作“认为”解时后接sb.+to be+形容词,to be可省略。
④ All the teachers consider him (to be) a finest student.所有的老师都认为他是一名极好的学生。
26....she was received by the President...···她受到总统的接见···
receive此处作“接见”、“接待”解释。如:
① The mayor receives on Tuesdays.市长每星期二接见群众。
② She would not receive Mrs Reed.她不愿意接见里得夫人。
③ She was received with hot tea and friendly words.她受到热茶和友好言辞的接待。
④ The hotel is now open and will receive visitors.旅馆现已开业并接待顾客。
【注】receive可作“接纳”解释,此时与admit同义。
⑤ Li Ping was received into the Youth League last month.李平上月入团了。
⑥ They admitted him into/to their club.他们接受他参加了他们的俱乐部。
27.disease 与 illnessdisease与illness都指疾病。disease指所患的或传染得到的具体的“病”,而illness指患病状态或患病期间,所以我们要表达“在他生病间”这个意思时,只能说during his illness,而不能说during his diseas如:
① The child has suffered from illness for two years.这孩子已经病了两年了。
② The business of doctors is to prevent and cure disease.医生的职务是防止和治疗疾病。
③ Mary's diseases are caused by bacteria.玛丽的疾病是由细菌感染引起的。
④ He wrote me a letter telling me about his illness.他给我写了一封信,告诉我他的病情。
28.有道是:处处留心皆学文。愿学,还要善学,巧学才能事半功倍。如,在本单元中我们学了几个短语动词,如果你能做个学习上的有人,及时给以归纳总结,长此以往,其好处是不可低估的。怎么归纳?请看以下示例:believe in,come in,close in,succeed in,get in, give in,hand in,tuinbelieve in 相信,信任
①She didn't believe in him.她不信任他。
②We must believe in and rely on the masses.我们要相信群众,依靠群众。
come in进来,到来
③What I told him came in at one ear and went out at the other.我给他说的他全当耳边风了。④Summer is supposed to come in during May.按说夏天是五月到来。
其余的请同学们自己动手造句。give off, pay off, cut off, drive off, get off, jump off, shut off, takeoff, throw off,wipe off,turn offpay off 还清,合算
⑤He has paid off all his debts.他还清了所有的债务。
⑥They doubted whether all this work would pay off.他们怀疑这工作是否值得一做。
set off 出发,动身;爆炸
⑦She usually sets off for her factory at 6:30.她通常六点半从家里动央到工厂去。
⑧Do you know where the first atomic bomb was set off?你知道第一颗原子弹是在哪里爆炸的吗?
余下的词组留给同学们自己造句。
unit2
1.prepare for
prepare for( = get ready for)表示“为…作准备”,如:1 .prepare for
①Mary is going to prepare for her trip.
玛丽正在为旅行作准备。
②We must prepare for tomorrow's experiment .
我们必须为明天的实验作准备。
be prepared for 和 be prepared to do 是系表结构,指“为某事做备”;“乐意做某事”,表示状态。
③Are you prepared for the birthday party?
你为生日晚会作好准备了吗?（为某事做备）
④He is not prepared to accept others’ opinions .
他不愿接受人家的意见。（乐意做某事）2.order
What stores do you want me to order?
你想要我订些什么货?
order 在此处意为“定购”、“定做”。
如:
① He has ordered himself two new suits .
他给自己定制了两套新衣服。”
②They are said to have ordered more grain from Canada.
据说他们从加拿大又订购了许多粮食。
④ Don't forget to order a taxi .
别忘了叫一辆出租车。
order 亦可作“点(菜)”、“叫(菜)"等解释,这也可理解为“定购”。如:
⑤ It's time we ordered dinner.
现在该要饭菜了。（点菜）
⑥ What would you like?You order.
你想吃什么?一你点吧!
⑦ I have ordered breakfast for nine o'clock
我已吩咐九点进早餐。
【注】order作上述解释时,可用于被动结构。如:
⑩ Tickets can be ordered by telephone from anywhere in the area.
可以从这个地区的任何地方打电话订票。
【注】order 可用作名词,其后通常跟 for 引起的短语,表示所订货物的名称,若要表示向某单位订货,则须用介词with。如:
We placed an order for two tons of coal with the mine.
order 作“吩咐”、“命令”解释时,后接的宾语从句须用虚拟语气,即用should+动词原形,should可省略。如:
He ordered that the work(should) be started at once.
他命令立即开始工作。
【注】order 作“命令”“吩咐”解释时不能跟不定式作宾语,但可以跟不定式作宾语补足语。
例如我们可以说 order sb、to do sth.,但不可以说 order to do sth.3.fall
The men often fall ill and suffer fever?
船员经常生病发热。
fall 此处意为“进入某种状态”,是连系动词,后接形容词、副词或名词。如:
② His voice choked at the painful memory and he fell silent.
这些痛苦的回忆使他声音哽咽,他沉默了下来。
③The book was old and soon fell apart .
这书已有年月,没隔多久书页都脱落了。
⑤The liutle girl fell victim to a bomb in a air raid.
那个小女孩在一次空袭中成了一枚炸弹的牺牲品。4.live
live此处作形容词用,意为“有生命的”、“活的”
①The cat was playing with a live mouse.
这只猫在和一只活老鼠玩耍。
▲1ive 还可作“现场的”解释,意指“非事先录音录相的”、“现场直播的”。如:
③ It was a live broadcast,not a recording.
那是现场的广播,不是录音广播。5.go
▲ go bad 意为“变质”,此处 go为连系动词,作“变成”、“成为”解释常后接形容词。如:
② If you do not take care of your eyesight,you will go blind.
如果你不注意保护视力,你会失明的。
go作为连系动词时还可作“处于…状态"解释。如:
④ When the crops fail, the people go hungry.
庄稼长得不好,人们就要挨饿。
⑤ You'd better go armed while in the jungle.
在丛林中你最好带上武器。
⑦Her complaints went unnoticed .
她的抱怨无人注意。
go作连系动词用,下面请注意go作为行为动词时的一种用法,go 意为“流传”、“表达为…”或“发出某种声音”。如:
⑨ This is how the story goes。
这故事就是这么讲的。
⑩ The story goes that there is to be a new commerdial law .
传说要实行新的贸易法。
go 还可以作“行得通’、“起作用”解释。如:
⑩ Any other night goes, but not this night!
除了今晚之外其他晚上都行。
What you say goes.
你说的话可行。6.at sea代码
表示“建议”、“暗示”,后接名词,动名词戒 that 引导的宾语从句
The teacher suggested a meeting to discuss those problems.
老师建议开个会来讨论那些问题。
【注】suggest 当“建议”讲时,that 从句的谓语用 should+动词解should 可以省略。
当“暗示"讲时,用正常的时态,这时主句的通常不是表示人的词。试比较:
Her expression suggested that she was angry.
他的表情说明她在生气。表示“在海上”“在航海”,含有"离海岸很远”之意。如:
① This is my first voyage at sea.
这是我第一次出海航行。
【注】at sea 除作上述解释外,还可引申为“不知所措”,这时常与 a,completely 等副词连用。
③ We are all at sea as to what to do next.
我们全然不知下一步该做什么。
④ He was completely at sea when he began his new job.
他刚开始干他的新工作时,他完全不知怎样做才好。
⑤ I can't understand this problem , I'm all at sea .
我不懂这个问题,我完全摸不着头脑。
【注】以上 at sea 这一短语中不带冠词,不能说 at the sea。sea 前带不带冠词 the 有时有很大的区别,请注意以下例句中 sea 的意思。
⑥ He went to sea.他去当水手。
⑦ He went to the sea.他去海滨(度假或野餐)
⑧ He went by sea.他从海路走。
⑨ He lived by the sea,他住在海边。
7.suggest
表示“建议”、“暗示”,后接名词,动名词戒 that 引导的宾语从句
The teacher suggested a meeting to discuss those problems.
老师建议开个会来讨论那些问题。
【注】suggest 当“建议”讲时,that 从句的谓语用 should+动词解should
可以省略。当“暗示"讲时,用正常的时态,这时主句的通常不是表示人的词。试比较:
⑥Her expression suggested that she was angry.
他的表情说明她在生气。8.insist on 与 insist**
① They insist on a definite answer.
他们一定要得到一个肯定的答复。
③ The school rightly insists on a very high standard of ability among itsteachers.
该校正确地强调其教师须有很高的教学能力。
④ They insisted on helping us in the kitchen.
他们坚持要给我们帮厨。
⑤ He insisted on a second message being sent to them at once.
他坚持立即再给他们拍一份电报。
⑥ We ought to have insisted on your taking a rest before going back to work.
我们本来应该坚持让你休息一下再上班的。
【注】从上述例句中，我们应注意insist on后面的三种不同结构。例句①②③为后接名词，
例句④后接动名词一般式，例句⑤⑥为动名词的复合结构。
【注】insist后的宾语从句可用虚拟语气，条件是该宾语从句所表【注】示的动作尚未实行。如：
⑧ The doctor insisted that he (should) stay at home for at least threemonths.
医生一定要他在家至少休息三个月。
⑨ I insisted that he (should) go with us.
我坚持要他和我们一起去。
【注】insist后接的宾语从句中的动作如已完成或该情况是确实存在的，应用陈述语气。如：
⑫ He insists that it doesn't make any difference to him.
他坚持说那对他毫无影响。
⑬ Alice insisted that she had done nothing wrong.
艾丽丝坚持说她没做错任何事。
【注】insist不能接动词不定式，我们不能说“He insisted to do that”，应说“He insisted on doing that”。
9．take an interest in 对···感兴趣，喜欢···
注意此处take是行为动词，interest为名词，前面有不定冠词，inteest 可被形容词所修饰。如果用连系动词，则interest应用-ed形式且interested不能被形容词修饰，只能被副词所修饰。如：
③ Tom is interested in sports while his brother likes music.
汤姆喜欢体育而他兄弟则喜欢音乐。
④ He became greatly interested in collecting stamps when he was in college.他在大学里时对集邮非常感兴趣。
【注】一般来说，take，have，feel等动词后接 interest；be，grow，becom等连系动词后接 interested。
【注】interest作“兴趣”解释时是不可数名词，但可和不定冠词连用，例句①②；interest用复数时，意为多种兴趣，例如：My friernd lice has many interests.我朋友艾丽丝有许多兴趣。
【注】interest作“利益”解释时用复数形式。如：
⑥ He thought chiefly of the cause,the interests of the country.他主要想到的是他的事业一国家的利益。
interest也可用作及物动词，意为“使···对···感兴趣”、“引起···的注意”。如：
⑧ The subject of the lecture interests me very much.
报告的题目令我很感兴趣。
10.up and down
此处意为“来来往往”。也可以作“上上下下”、“前前后后”、“处处”释。如：
② I have looked for the diotionary up and down.
这本词典我到处都找过了。
【注】像up and down这类用并列连词连接两个反义词构成一固定搭
配的还有here and there,sooner or later, back and forth,right and
left,far and near 等。
11.take the enemy by surprise 突然袭击敌人
A take...by surprise 意为“突然袭击”、“出其不意”,也可以说
take...by storm.如:
① We took him by surprise and he had no fime to think of an excuse
我们出其不意地问他,他已来不及想借口了。
② The news took the whole city by storm.
这个消息使全城轰动。
③ We shall not give them any notice. We must took them by surprise.
我们不准备通知他们,给他们一个出其不意。
介词by和to也可以和surprise构成固定搭配,in surprise惊异地,to one's surprise 使···惊奇的是。如:
⑦ To the family's surprise, Wilma was soon out in the yard playing bas-ketball.使全家惊奇的是,威尔玛很快就在院子里打篮球了。
⑧ On hearing the strange sound,the boy looked up in surprise.听到这奇怪的声响,这男孩惊奇地抬起头来。
【注】in surprise与to one's surprise的区别在于介词的含义不同。in表示内在的心理感觉;to表示“由此及彼”,即由外界因素影响到人的心理感觉,这是这两个词组的区别所在。
12.动词seize的两种用法
seize一般作“抓住”解释，与catch意义相近，但此处seize作取”、“占领”解释，而catch无此意。如：
③ The PLA men seized the top of the hill and fired at the ememy.
解军占领了山顶向敌人射击。
④ Our troops seized the city at last.
我军最终夺取了城市。
seize 有时意为“突然感到”、“产生”。如：
⑤ The pain seized him as he came down the stairs.
他下楼时，突然感到一阵剧痛。
⑥ A sad feeling seized her as she looked at the grey sky.她看着灰蒙蒙的天空，心里产生了一种悲伤的感觉。
13.**
14．In charge，in charge of 和 in the charge of的区别
in charge意为“负责”、“主管”，后面不接宾语。如：
① The doctor in charge was Tom's mother.
负责的医生是汤姆的母亲。
② The sergeant in charge told him that Bass was under arrest.
警官告诉他巴斯被逮捕了。
③ The man in charge hasn't come yet.
负责人还未到。
④ He left his book behind him,so I took it in charge.
他忘掉了他的书，所以我保管着它。
in charge of的主语通常是管理者，of后接的宾语是被管理者。
⑤ Mr Smith works here,in charge of the Health Department.
史密斯先生在这儿上班，主管卫生部。
⑥ I'll be in charge of the whole factory next week when the direct
away.
下周厂长不在时，全厂的事由我来负责。
in the charge of 用法相反，主语是被管理者，宾语是管理者。
以说 in one＇s charge。如：
⑦ The girl was safely in the charge of a nurse.
那女孩由一位保姆在照管，很安全。
⑧ The house has been in my charge for over a year.
这房子由我照管已有一年多了。
15．as well as 相当于 not only
① Alice has an English-Chinese dictionary as well as a Chinese-Engldictionary.
艾丽丝不但有一本汉英词典，还有一本英汉词典。
④It took great imagination as well as patience for Annie to teach me tospeak.
安妮以极大的耐心和想象力教我说话。
【注】as well as后接动词时，该动词应用动名词形式。如：
⑤ His mother has got a cleaning job at night,as well as working duringthe day.
他母亲不但白天工作，晚上还当清洁工。
【注】若as well as后接从句，则变成了副词的同级比较，试比较下列例句：
⑦Mary sings as well as playing the piano.
玛丽不但会弹钢琴，而且会唱歌。
⑩ Mary sings as well as she plays.
玛丽弹得好，唱得也好。
16．set sail 和 sail
set sail 意为“起航”、“开船”，而动词sail表“航行”。若表示向某个
方向，则后接介词for。如：
① The ship set sail for Boston.
轮船向波士顿起航。
② Two hours later the ship set sail for China,
两个钟头以后，这艘船就向中国开来了。
与sail构成词组的动词还有have和 take，但须加不定冠词a，如
have a sail，take a sail。如：
③ The boys took asail around the island.
孩子们绕岛航行。
④ Last Sunday,they had a sail around Suzhou.
上星期日，他们乘船绕苏州转了一圈。
另外,还有It is...sail from...to...的句型,雷同于It's...walk/ride from...to...句型。如：
⑤ It is two weeks' sail from London to New York.
从伦敦到纽约有两周航海路程。
⑥ It's ten minuts'walk/ride from my home to school.
从我家到学校步行／乘车需要十分钟。
17．head 作为动词
head作为动词意为“向···方向运动”、“走向···”、“驶往···”。
① They set sail at dawn and headed straight for Shanghai.
他们黎明扬帆起航直驶上海。
②We headed the ship northward.
我们让船向北行驶。
③ You are heading for an accident if you drive after drinking.
你要是酒后开车非出车祸不可。
④ It's getting dark, we'd better head for home.
天快黑了，咱们还是回家吧！
作为动词，head还有“率领”、“以···为首”之意。如：
⑤ Lucy headed the class in the mid-term.examination.
露西期中考试成绩居全班第一。
⑥ Who heads the govrnment?
政府由谁负责？
⑦ It hasn't been decided who is to head the delegation.
还没有决定由谁率领代表团。
⑧ Smith's name headed the list.
史密斯的名字在表的最上端。
20. jump about on two egs
两条腿跳跃
on此处意为“依靠”、“依赖”。如:
① He lay on his back with his hands under his head
他手枕着头仰卧着。
② Though he is óver fifty,he can still stand on his head.
尽管他已是五十多岁了,他还能够倒立。
③ The thief knelt down on his knees and begged the owner for mercy.
小偷跪在地上求主人饶恕他。
④ He hurt his right foot badly and stood on his left foot leaning against
the door.
他的右腿受了伤,所以单足靠门站着。
21.throw...over the side of the ship
把...扔到船外
此处 over是介词,作“越过”、“从···边缘上往下”解释。如:
① The child fell over the balcony.
小孩从阳台上掉了下来。
②She spoke to me over her shoulder.
她转过头对我说话。
③ The thief climbed over the wall and disappeared in the darkness.
小偷爬过围墙消失在黑暗中。
④ In the darkness we heard voices form over the fence.黑暗中我们听到从篱笆那一边传过来的声音。
在英语中,当谓语动词所带的宾语太长时,常把宾语放在状后,保持句子平衡。在阅读时应充分注意这种情况。如:
⑤ We found in the desk a pen,a pencil,a notebook and an old sebag.我们在课桌上发现一支钢笔,一支铅笔,一个笔记本和一只包。
⑥ But Cook ordered the crew to throw over the side of the shipiror balls,pots,chains and even stores.但是库克命令船员把枪支、铁球、坛子、铁链、甚至贮存的物品在船外。
22.复合动名词作宾语**
23.The sailors have repaired the ships,which started to let in water.
海员修理船只,这些船开始漏水。
let in放进,允许进入,此处in是副词。如:
② Go to the door and let the dog in,will you?到门口去把狗放进来,好吗?
③ They 'll let you in free of charge.他们会让你免费进入。
【注】若要表示“把···放进···”或“允许···进入···”时,应该用let into,因为into是介词,后接表示地点的名词,而in是副词,其后不能跟宾语。
如:
⑤ The roof lets water into the bedroom.水从房顶漏入卧室了。
let in的反义词是let out,意为“放···出去”、“泄密”、“发出”。如:
⑦ Mother won't let us out when it rains.下雨天母亲不让我们外出。
⑧ He let out a cry of pain.他痛得大叫起来。
⑨ Who let out the details of the meeting.谁泄露了会议细节?
⑩ This coat is rather tight.Do you think you could let it out for me?这件上衣有点紧,你能帮我放大一点吗?这件上衣有点紧,你能帮我放大一点吗?
24.We have already run out of beer.我们的啤酒早已喝完了。
run out of缺少···;用完··。如:
① We are running out of water.我们的水不多了。
② What will the world use for power when it has run out of oil?一旦世界上石油用尽,用什么作为能源呢?
⑤Your library ticket runs out at the end of the month.
你的借书证今年底满期了。
⑧The lease on their London flat runs out in a few months.
他们在伦敦租的一套房子几个月内就要期满了。
unit3
1.go camping 去野营在go+动词-ing这种词组中,ing形式是现在分词,与go连用,多表示“去做某事”,一般多与娱乐活动有关。如:
① Did you go boating last weekend?上周末你去划船了吗?
② Let's go climbing next Sunday.下星期日我们去爬山。
③ My mother goes shopping every Sunday morning.我母亲每星期日上午去购物。
④ Shall we go fishing tomorrow?明天我们去钓鱼好吗?
【注】come也可以和动词-ing形式连用。
⑤ Come swimming with uas tomorrow.明天来和我们一起游泳吧!
⑥ Mary will come dancing this evening.玛丽今晚来跳舞。
【注】这种go+动词-ing结构除了表示娱乐活动外,还可以表示从事宗某种职业。如:go farming 务家,go teaching 从教,go nursing护士,go soldiering从军
2.put out的三种用法put out 作“熄灭”、“关(灯)解。
② Be sure to put the light out before you go away.你离开前务必将灯关掉。
③ How long did it take the firemen to put out the fire?消防队员用了多久才把火扑灭的?消防队员用了多久才把火扑灭的?
④ He put out the lamp and went out.他把灯吹灭，走了出去。
put out 还有“出版”、“发行”、“生产”之意。
Some magazines are put out every week, and others are publishesa month.
有的杂志每周出版一次，有的每月一次。
⑦ The government will put out a new statement next week.政府将于下月宣布一项新的声明。
⑧ From then on the Romans began to put out a great variety of coin.从那时起罗马人就发行种类更多的硬币了。
put out 还可作“激怒”解释，常用于被动语态。如 The traveller was much put out by the loss of his bag.
旅客由于丢了包非常不安。
⑩She was very much put out because we hadn't invited her to party.
她非常生气，因为我们没有邀请她参加聚会。
3．on the left与to the left
两者都表示“在左边”，所不同的是，用to多指较远的距离。
③ The camel had only eaten the grass on his left side.
这头骆驼只吃它左边的草。
④ A bullet had passed through his chest on the left.
一颗子弹穿过了他的左胸。
【注】look to the left 表示“朝左看”，这里介词to表示方向。
【注】凡成双成对的事物，说左边的那个，可直接用left修饰，例如left eye，the left arm，the left ear等。但如果我们要说“左边个男孩”则不能说 the left boy。因为这不是成对存在的，只the boy on the left。另外left作为形容词修饰名词时，其前定冠词the。
4．fix up的两种用法
fix up 可用来表示“修理”，相当于repair。也可以表示“安装”，相当于于fasten。
① My radio is out of order.Could you fix it up?我的收音机坏了，你能给我修修吗？
② They have fixed the matter up now.
他们现在已把这事处理好了。
④ That night they fixed up a bamboo bed for him in the front room.这天晚上，他们给他在前屋里搭起一张床。
【注】作“维修”解时，很多时候fix，fix up，repair，mend可互换使用。
fix up还有其他一些用法，如“整理”、“安排”、“提供”、“商妥”等。
⑤ Will you fix up the room before the meeting begins?
请你在开会之前把房间收拾一下，好吗？
⑥ I think we can fix you up with what you want.
我想我们能提供你所要的一切。
⑦ I have fixed up with Mr Smith to meet us at seven o'clock tomorrow.
我已和史密斯先生约定好，让他明天早晨七点来接我们。
⑧ We were fixed up for the night in a hotel.
我们被安顿在招待所里过夜。
5．be going to go 和 be going to come
be going to 加动词原形表示将来的动作，由于像go,come,leave,move等表示移动的动词的进行时态可表示将来的动作，故有些语法学家认为 be going to 后不接 come和g o，但现在be going to 后接come或go在英语中已很常见。如：
① Where are you going to go this summer?
今年夏天你准备去哪儿？
② Are you going to come with me?
你准备和我一起来吗？
③ When are you going to go to the meeting?
你准备什么时候去开会？
④ Is Alice going to come today or tomorrow?
艾丽丝准备今天来还是明天来？
【注】尽管以上现象已很常见，但笔者仍认为go，come，leave，move等移动性动词还是用进行时表示将来为好，不要重复相同动词。不管怎么说句①③中to go似乎多余，句②④中的going to come 改为coming似乎更符合习惯。
6.Don't tie it to that old branch.
别把它拴到老树枝上。
t i e . . t o . . .意为“把···拴在···上”
① They tied the dog to the tree.
他们把狗拴在树上。
② Sickness lied his father to the bed.
疾病使他父亲卧床不起。
tie有“扎”、“拴”、“束缚”、“限制”之意。
③ The boy is learning to tie a knot.
这男孩在学打结。
④ Let's tie his feet together so that he won't escape.
我们把他的双脚捆起来，这样他就跑不了。
⑤ The old granny tied the two ropes with a knot.
那位老太太用一个结把两根绳系在一起。
【注】tie作为不及物动词时，往往含有被动的意义，意为“系住”。
⑥ This rope won＇t tie.这根绳打不起结。
⑦ Her dress ties at the back.
她的衣服是从后面系住的。
tie作名词时意为“领带”。如：
⑧ My father likes to wear a blue tie.我父亲喜欢戴蓝领带。
7.Once they were known as..."aborigines”。
这些迁徙过去的人曾被称为“aborigines”。
be known as...意为“以···知名”，“被认为是···”。
① Professor Wang is known as an authority on Shakespeare.
王教授被认为是研究莎士比亚的权威。
② Jack's father is known as a suceessful architect.
杰克的父亲被认为是一位成功的建筑师。
③ Lu Xun is known as a great writer as well as a great thinker.
鲁迅不但被认为是一位伟大的思想家，而且是一位伟大的作家。
【注】请注意 be known as与 be known to的区别，前者作“被认为
···”解，后者意为“为···所知”。
⑤ The use of gunpowder was known to the Chinese before the Europeans.
中国人懂得使用火药在欧洲人之前。
⑥ The man is known to the police.
这个人的情况警察是了解的。
【注】注意 be known for与be known to的区别。to作“对···”解，to
面的人对主语的内容是了解的；for表示主语之所以闻名的原因。故解释为“因···而众所周知。”
Suzhou is known for its beautiful gardens.
苏州以美丽的园林而闻名。
8．hand down的两种用法
hand down 可作“把···传来来”解。如：
① In poor families, clothes may be handed down from onec hild to then ext.
在穷苦人家，大孩子穿过的衣服可能给小的接着穿。
④ Our forefathers have handed a rich national culture down to us.
我们的祖先给我们留下了丰富多彩的民族文化。
hand down 在美国英语中，可作“公布”、“宣布”解释，相当于an-nounce。如：
⑤ Has the committee handed down its judgement on the case?
委员会公布了对此案的裁决了吗？
9．suit，suitable 和 fit
suitable的动词形式是suit，与动词fit都有“合适”之意，但也有区别。以衣服为例，fit是指大小尺寸合适，而suit则表示衣服穿着很好看，包括款式和花式都合适。如：
① Do you think this style suits me?
你觉得这种款式适合我穿吗？
② These shoes don't fit me-have you got a larger size?
这鞋我穿着不合适一你们有大一点的吗？
③ It doesn't suit you to have your hair cut short.
你头发剪短了不好看。
④ The seven o'clock train will suit us very well.
七点钟的火车对我们正合适。
形容词 suitable后可接 for sth.和to sb.。如：
⑤ I don't think I should be suitable for-the post.我认为自己不适合这个职位。
⑥ The work was not suitable to me.那工作不适合我。
形容词fit后只能接介词for，且句子主语多用人表示。如：
⑦ The new manager isn't fit for his position.
新经理不胜任他的职务。
⑧ It would be months before he was fit for work.
要过几个月他才能适合工作。
⑨ My sister is just fit for a job as a teacher.
我妹妹正适合于教师这一工作。
⑩ The prime minister was a wise,honest man who was more fit foroffice than anyone else.
那老丞相是个聪明、诚实的人，比任何人都称职。
10．They live by hunting．他们以打猎为生。
live by意为“以···为生”，by后接动名词，表示方式；live on也作“以···为生”解释，但on后接名词，表示主语主要吃什么，即主食是什么示主语的收入。如：
① They lived by fishing and hunting,
他们靠渔猎为生。
② The six Indian blind men lived by begging.
这六个印度盲人靠乞讨为生。
③ People in thesouth live on rice.
南方人以大米为主食。
④ Plants live on minerals from the earth.
植物靠土壤里的矿物质维持生命。
⑤ I don't know what he lives on.
我不知道他靠什么过活。
⑥ They lived on a small income.
他们靠微薄的收入维持生活。
11．be experienced at 在某方面有经验
be experienced at...表示“对···有经验”，介词at有时可用in代be动词有时可用get或become以表示逐步积累经验。
① My uncle is very experienced at repairing cars.
我叔叔修理汽车很有经验。
② She has become quite experienced at teaching primary school sdents.她教小学生已经很有经验了。
③ He is quite experienced in this kind of work.
他干这类工作相当有经验。
与 become experienced at 同义的还有 be expert at，be good at等。
⑤ He has become expert in piloting ships after many years of practis-ing.
经过了多年实践后，他能熟练地领航了。
⑥ The boy does well is maths,but is not good at learning languages.这男孩数学很好，但不擅长学语言。
12．make up的用法
make up 意为“组成”，常用被动语态形式。be made up of，表示“由···组成”。
① Workers and peasants make up the majority of the population of ourcountry.
工人农民占我国人口的大多数。
④ Indonesia is made up of some 3000 islands stretching more than 2000miles from east to west.
印度尼西亚有大约三千个岛屿组成，东西绵延二千多英里。
make up 还有“弥补”、“补足”、“赔偿”之意。如：
⑤ John must make up the test he missed.
约翰应该补上他错过的考试。
⑥ Mary had to make up for the time she missed in school when she was
sick by studying very hard.
玛丽得努力学习，以补上她生病期间所耽误的学习。
⑦ We have to drive fast to make up the hour we lost in Boston.
我们必须把车开快些，把在波士顿耽误的时间补回来。
⑧ I worked last Sunday,so I have a day off to make up for it.
我上星期天上班了，所以可补假一天。
make up 亦可作“编造”、“虚构”解释。如：
⑨ That story which John had told was not true;he made it all up.
约翰讲的那件事不是真的，全是他杜撰出来的。
⑩ He is good at making up excuses.
他极善编造借口。
⑰ She made up an interesting story for the children.
他为孩子们编了一个有趣的故事。
⑫ The teacher asked the children to make up a poem about Christ老师叫孩子们写一首关于圣诞节的诗。
make up 还可解释为“和解”、“调停”。如：
⑬ It's time you made up your quarrel with him.
你该与他言归于好了。
⑭4 Why don't you make up with her?
你为什么不同她和解？
⑮ The two friends had a quarrel,but now they have made it up.
这两个朋友吵了一架，但现在已和好了。
⑯When a quarrel has once been made up,the best thing is to forg
一场争吵和解后，最好是把它忘掉。
13.Education was intended for white settlers only.
教育只是为白人移民而设立的。
intend for 意为“打算”，“设计”，常用于被动语态。如：
① Who is the gift intended for?
这礼物打算送给谁？
② Jack was intended for the medical profession.
打算让约翰从医。
③ This dictionary is intended for advanced lerners of the Englishguage.
本辞典为高级英语学习者所编。
④ What he said was intended for someone else,not for you.他的话是说给另外一个人听的，不是针对你。
intend的原意是“想要”、“打算”，是及物动词，其后既可跟不定也可跟动名词，意思差不多，跟不定式时更多一些。如：
⑥ He intends to visit the Summer Palace before leaving BeijingShanghai.
他打算离京赴沪之前去颐和园看看。
⑦ The manager explained to us what they intended doing in the coming year.经理给我们解释了他们明年的打算。
⑧ Do you intend to make a long stay there?
你打算在那儿久待吗？
⑨What do you intend doing next？你下一步打算做什么？
intend后也可跟不定式的复合结构。如：
⑩ I didn't intend you to act like that.
我没有意思让你那样干。
⑪ Let's ask the teacher what he intends us to do.
让我们去问问老师他准备要我们干什么。
14．rather than的几种用法
rather than 此处是介词短语，意思是“与其”、“不是”，相当于in-stead of。如：
① I think you, rather than Mary, is to be punished.
我认为该受惩罚的是你，而不是汤姆。
② Rather than fish,we'll have fried eggs and meat for lunch.
今天午餐吃煎蛋和肉，而没有鱼。
③ The colour seems green rather than blue.
这颜色看上去是绿的，而不是蓝的。
④ I always prefer starting early,rather than leaving everything to the
last minute.
任何事情我总是喜欢早点做，不要到最后。
⑤ I'll have a cold drink rather than coffee.
我要喝冷饮，不想喝咖啡。
rather than可以和would连用，如 would rather ...than...或would...rather than...，这时要注意“平衡”问题，即其前后必须用相同的语法单位。如：
⑥ I'd rather have the red one than(have)the green one.
我宁愿要红的，不愿要绿的。
⑦ I'd take the slowest train rather than go there by air.我宁可乘坐最慢的火车也不愿坐飞机去那儿。
⑧ He would rather walk than drive.他宁愿步行不愿开车。
⑨ I'd prefer to go in August rather than in July.我愿八月去，不愿七月去。
⑩ I'd call her hair chestnut rather than brown.我宁愿说她的头发是栗色，而不是棕色。
① “I'd rather like a cup of coffee."
“我很想来杯咖啡。”
"Oh,would you? I'd rather have a beer."“噢,是吗?我宁喝喝杯啤酒。”
⑫ We would rather appreciate your help.我们非常感谢你的帮助。
⑬ Which would you rather have,tea of coffee?你想喝什么,茶还是咖啡?
⑭ He would rather enjoy seeing a film on Sundays他很喜欢在星期天看场电影。
在would rather前后可用不同的主语来表示某人宁愿让另一某事,这时,一般用过去时来表示现在或将来要做的事。
⑮ “Shall I open a window?"“I'd rather you didn't."“我开一扇窗好吗?”“你最好别开。”
⑯ Don't come tomorrow.I'd rather you came next weekend.明天别来,我希望你下周末来。
⑰ I'd rather you tod me the truth.我宁愿你给我讲实话。
⑱ I'd rather you went home now.我愿意让你现在就回家。谈到过去的动作,用过去完成时。
⑲ I'd rather you hadn't done that.我真希望你没做过那件事。
⑳ I'd wish you had answered the question.我真希望你回答了这个问题。
I'd rather you hadn't done that.我希望你没做过那件事。
15.connect to/with sth./sb.与某人/某物有联系① The two towns are connected by a railway.这两个城市有铁路相连。
② He is connected with the Smiths by marriage.他与史密斯家联姻。(娶史家小姐为妻)
③ Where does the gas-store connect with the gas-pipe?
煤气炉在何处与煤气管相接?
【注】connect...with...既可表示物质上的联系,也可表示人事上的联系;而join to表示物质上的的联系。
⑥ She tried to join the two pieces together.她设法把两块拼在一起。
⑦ Where do the two streams join?这两条小河在哪儿会合?
⑧ Mr Thompson has been connected with our company since 1980.汤普森先生自1980年以来就与我公司有关系。
⑨ The child connected the moon with a fairy tale his grandmother toldhim.这孩子一见到月亮就想起祖母给他讲的一个神话故事。
⑩ I was connected to the wrong person.我的电话接错了。
16.feed sb.on sth.的用法这短语意为“用···喂养···”
④ The children look pale because their mother can't afford to feed themon meat and fish every day.这些孩子看上去很苍白,因为他们的母亲没有钱让他们每天吃上鱼和肉。
【注】feed...on...也可以说feed...with...,所不同的是on后只能跟表示食物的词,而with后既可跟表示食物的词,也可跟表示工具的词。
⑤ She was feeding the baby with porridge.她在给婴儿喂稀饭。
⑥ Mother was feeding her baby with spoon.母亲用羹调喂婴儿。
【注】如果在feed后跟表示食物的词,则用介词to。
⑦ Don't feed stink meat to the dog.不要用发臭的肉喂狗。
⑧ You can feed these vegetables to the rabbits.你可以把这些蔬菜喂给兔子吃。
17.give birth to 和 by birth这个短语作“生(孩子)”、“使···诞生(产生）”解
② The Nanchang Uprising gave birth to the revolutionary army Ieour Party.南昌起义使我党领导的革命军队诞生了。
③ The dog gave birth to a couple of lovely little dogs.这狗生了一对可爱的小狗。
④ This gave birth to private property and led todifferences of richpoor.这就产生了私有财产,造成了贫富的差别。
【注】birth是不可数名词,意为“起源”、“血统”、“出身”。
⑤ He is British by birth,although he was born in France.他虽出身于法国,但是英国血统。
⑥ She is Russian by birth and British by marriage.她原是俄国人,但嫁了英国人。
18.lay eggs及 lay的一些常见用法lay eggs意为“产卵”、“下蛋”。
② To kill the goose that lays the golden eggs.杀鸡取蛋。
③ His grandmother's hen lays an egg a day.他奶奶家的那只母鸡每天下蛋。
④ A few days after the eggs are laid,young frogs which are calledpole come out of them.卵产下几天后,称为蝌蚪的青蛙幼虫就从卵里出来了。
lay可解释为“把···归于”、“把···加于”,常见的句型是lay sth sb。
⑤ They tried to lay the blame on me.他们想要归罪于我。
⑦ I didn't know the man; in fact,I had never laid eyes on him.我不认识这个人,事实上我从未见过他。
lay 还有“使···处于某种状态”之意,通常用lay sb./sth.+形容词。
⑧ A storm laid the crop low.暴风雨把庄稼刮倒了。
⑨ By that remark,you have laid yourself open to atback.你那样说话,你就会使自己受到攻击。⑩ She was laid low for three days by cold.她由于感冒躺了三天。
19.keep out 等短语keep out 作“(使)置身于···之外”,“不让···进来”解。
① The trees keep out the wind.这些树可以挡风。
② I didn't come to Spain for my holidays to keep out of the sun,just incontrary,in fact.我到西班牙来度假不是为了躲开阳光的,事实上恰恰相反。
③ He learned early in life that it was bes to keep out of other people'squarrels.他很小就懂得最好置身于他人争吵之外。
④ The drunkard begged the police to keep his name out of the papers.醉汉恳求警察不要把他的名字在报上登出来。
注意动词keep构成的几个常用词组:keep(on)doing:sth,,keep up,keep up with,keep off,keep from。keep(on)doing表示重复和继续,在这个结构中,keep on的意思与keep相同,但强调重复性和决心。
⑤ He keeps on phoning me,and I really don't want to talk to him.他不断地给我打电话,可我实在不想和他说话。
⑥ Whatever happens,keep on trying.不管发生什么事,继续试下去。
⑦ Mary keeps on changing her mind.玛丽老是改变主意。
⑧ Don't keep on aking such silly questions.别老是问这种愚蠢的问题。
keep off 推迟、避开、挡住
⑨ Keep off the grass.勿踏草地。
⑩ If the rain keeps off,we shall go out.如果这雨一时还下不下来,我们就出去。
① Do you want an umbrella to keep off the rain?你是否需要一把伞来挡雨?
⑫ How can I keep the flies off this jam?我怎么样才能使苍蝇叮不着果酱?
keep from 阻止、隐瞒,使不做某事
⑬ The heav kept them from going out.因为下大雨,他们没能出去。
⑭ I'm sorry to have kept you from your work.很抱歉,妨碍了你工作。
⑮ Can you keep a secret from your wife?你能对妻子做到保密吗?
⑯ He could hardly keep from laughing.他简直无法忍住不笑。
keep up 保持、继续(某活动)
⑰ The rain kept up for two days and the roads were flooded.连着下了两天雨,公路都被水淹了。
⑱ Will the fine weather keep up?好天气会不会继续下去呢?
⑲ I'm glad you are keeping up your studies.我很高兴你在坚持学习。
⑳ Keep up your French,you'll find it helpful in your work.法语要继续学,以后在工作中你会发现有用的。
keep up with 跟上、不落在后面
Try to keep up with the others.设法不要落在别人后面了。
Please don't walk so fast.I can't keep up with you.请不要走那么快,我都跟不上了。
20.round up 赶拢,使集拢
② The courier rounded up the tourists and hurried them back to bus.那导游使观光者集合在一起,催他们回到车上。
④ The sheepdog rounded up the sheep and drove them through thegate.第三单元牧羊犬把羊群集中到一起,赶进栅门。
21.catch 和 catch sb.doing sth.和动词 catch这个短语的意思是“碰上或恰巧看见某人做某事”,后接现在分词作宾语补足语。
① The teacher caught the boy cheating.那孩子在作弊的时候被老师发现了。
② He caught some boys stealing flowers from the garden.他碰上几个男孩在花园里偷花。
③ You won't catch me inviting those people to my house again.你不会见到我再邀请那些人到家里来了。
④ I should like to catch them saying anything like that again.我倒要看看他们再说这样的话。
catch用于被动结构时,可表示“给撞上”、“给碰上”。
⑤ Tom was caught in the rain on his way back home.汤姆在回家的路上淋雨了。
⑥ The ship was caught in a hurricane.船遇上了飓风。
⑦ One night we were caught by a thunderstorm.一天晚上我们碰上了一场雷阵雨。
⑧ He is wet all over.He must have been caught in the rain.他浑身湿透了,一定是给雨淋了。
catch还可以作“染上(疾病)”解释。
⑨ Be careful,you may catch cold.小心点,你可能会着凉的。
⑩ If you have already had the disease,probably you won't catch it a-gain.如果你有过这个病,或许不会再传染上了。
【注】catch up with与keep up with都有“赶上”之意,但两者有明显的差别。catch up with 意为“赶同一方向行进的人”,即有“原来落后”之意;而keep up with的本意是“保持相同速度”。请比较下列句子,体会这两个词组之间的差别:
⑪ Go on in front,I'll soon catch up with you.你在前面走,我一会儿就会赶上你。
⑫ Tom was away from school for a month so now he's got to work hardto catch up with the rest of the class.
汤姆有一个月未到校上课,所以他现在必须努力,好赶上班上其他同学。
⑬ Please don't walk so fast,I can't keep up with you.请不要走那么快,我都跟不上了。
⑭ If you don't keep up with the times,you'll get left behind.如果你不跟上时代,你就要落伍了。
22.leave sb.doing 让某人做某事leave sb.后面可带现在分词、过去分词、形容词、介词短语等作算补足语,leave在这些结构中作“让(继续处于某种状态)”解:
① They walked off and left me sitting there all by myself.
他们走掉了,让我一个人孤零零地坐在那里。
② His letter left me feeling pretty bad.他的信使我感到相当难受。
③ I'm sorry I've left some of your,questions unanswered.很抱歉,你有些问题我没有回答。
④ He will never leave a job unfinished.他干什么事从来没有不干完的。
⑤ They left the sick child with her grandma.他们把生病的孩子留在她祖母身边。
⑥ The German invaders left the cities in ruins.德国人侵者使城市沦为废墟。
⑦ You'd better leave the door open.你最好让门开着。
⑧ That'll leave the whole morning free,won't it?这样我们整个上午就有空了,是吧?有时也可带不定式作复合宾语。
⑨ Leave him to do it himself.让他一个人去做。⑩ I'll leave you to settle all the business.我委托你来处理全部事务。
23.come across的两种用法come across 在意为“偶然发现”,相当于find or meet by chance。
① Have you come across this expression?你见过这种表达方式吗?
② The other day,I came across a book you might like.前几天我偶然看到过一本你可能喜欢的书。
③ In the course of the experiments they came across several new prob-lems.在试验过程中,他们碰到几个新问题。
④ When he comes across a new phrase,he will write it down in hisnotebook.当他碰到一个新的短语,他就会写在笔记本上。
come across还可作“穿过”、“越过···而来”解释。
⑤ Jim came across the street to where we were standing.吉姆穿过街道来到我们站着的地方。
⑥ An idea suddenly came across my mind.我突然想出一个主意。
⑦ It came across my mind that I had met him somewhere before.我突然意识到我曾在什么地方见过他。
⑧ He came across the hill by car.他是乘车越过那座小山的。
24.as a result 与 as a result ofas a result 表示“结果”。
① As a result,I had a bad cold.结果我患了重感冒。
② He didn't study hard,as a result,he failed in the final exam.他不努力学习,结果期终考试不及格。
③ The dam broke and as a result the land was flooded.大坝倒塌了,结果土地被淹。
④ The ship hit the iceberg and sank,as a result,more than seven hun-dred passengers lost their lives.船撞上了冰山,下沉了,结果有七百多名乘客丧生。
as a result of 后接表示原因的名词或代词。
⑤ As a result of a serious illness,she couldn't move her left leg.患重病后,她的左腿不能动了。患重病后,她的左腿不能动了。
⑥ They were late as a result of the rain.由于下雨,结果他们迟到了。
⑦ Some houses were destroyed as a result of the flood.由于洪水,有些房子被毁坏了。
⑧ Thousands of trees were blown down in this area as a result of thehurricane.由于飓风,这地区成千上万棵树被吹倒。
25.表示倍数的常用句型**
unit4
1.just与时态的关系just 作 at this very moment 即“此时”解释时,谓语动词用一般现在时或现在进行时,如本课的“I'm just looking at the menu.”。① We are just off.我们正要离去。
②"Have you finished your maths exercises yet?"“No,I am just working on a difficult problem."“你数学作业完成了吗?”“还没有,我正在解一个难题。”
④ The novel he wrote last year is just out.他去年写的那部小说刚出版。
just和just now都可作“刚才”解释,所不同的是just通常用于现在完成时,在美国英语中也可用于一般过去时;just now不能用于现在完成时,只能用于一般过去时。
⑤ He's just seen over the house.他刚才察看了房子。
⑥ We've just talked about the matter.我们刚才谈论了这件事。
【注】在美国英语中,上述句子也可用一般过去时,即:He just saw over the house.We just talked about the matter.
【注】just now有两种意思,一种是“此刻”、“现在”,
例如:I'm ratherbusy just now.我现在相当忙。
另一种是“刚才”,例如:Tom camein just now.He is probably upstairs.汤姆刚刚进来,现在他大概在楼上。
2.Yes,I sure am.我的确饿了。
此句相当于“Sure I am.”。sure在这里是副词,作“当然”,“的确”,“确实”解释。surely,certainly或 of course,作“当然可以”解,通常用于回答对方的请求。不能说Iamsure,因为在be sure中,sure是表语形容词,意为“肯定”、“有把握”。
①“Is Jack as tall as Tom?"“Yes,he sure is."“杰克和汤姆一样高吗?”“当然是一样高。”(也可以说sure或surely,但不能说he is sure。)
② A:Professor Smith says he is coming to give us a talk.史密斯教授说他要来给我们作报告。B:Is he sure?他肯定会来?A:Yes,he is.他肯定会来。(也可以说Yes,he is sure.但不能说 hesure is.)
③ A:Is your father an engineer?你父亲是工程师吗?B:Yes,he sure is.当然是。
【注】例句③不能说he is sure。但可以说surely,certarily或of course。
3.**
4.all the same 尽管如此、仍然、但是
① It was raining hard,but we got there in time all the same.那时下着大雨,但我们还是准时到达那里。
② Thank you all the same.尽管如此,还是要谢谢你。
③ The ground was covered with snow,but the doctor drove out to see hispatients all the same.地上被大雪覆盖,但医生还是开车去看他的病人。
【注】be all the same to意为“对···来说一样”、“对···无关紧要”。
④ Would you have a cup of tea or coffee?-It's all the same to me.你喝茶还是喝咖啡?随便,谢谢。
⑤ You can do it now or leave it till later,it's all the same to me.你可以现在做或留待以后做,这对我完全一样。
【注】the very same是强调用法。
⑥ You've made the very same mistake again.你又犯了同样的错误。
⑦ This is the very same point I want to make.我要说明的恰恰也是这一点。
⑧ The very same book you want to borrow was returned to the librar你要借的那本书已经还到图书馆了。
5.fix a date 定一个日期fix 此处意为“确定”、“固定”,指确定时间、地点、价钱、定额等。
① Shall wefix the price now? 咱们要不要把价钱定下来?
② Let's fix a day. What about next Saturday?我们确定一个日子吧?下星期六怎么样?
③ Have you fixed a place for the meeting?你们确定了开会的地点没有?
④ We fixed for the meeting to be held on Friday.我们决定星期五开会。
fix可用于被动结构也可用过去分词作表语或定语。
⑤ The price of the dictionary is fixed at 20 yuan.这本词典的价格定为二十元。
⑥ The place where the sports meet is to be held has not been fixed.运动会召开的地点还未确定。
⑦ No date has been fixed for their visit to China.他们访华日期尚未确定。
⑧ We sell at fixed prices.我们按固定价格出售。
6.any other type of work 任何其他工种type 意为“种类”,type of后的名词通常用单数。
① John is a fine type of schoolboy.约翰是学生的一个典范。
② What type of plan is this?这是一种什么计划?③ Mr Brown bought a different type of car.布朗先生买了一种不同类型的汽车。
④ The engineer invented a new type of machine.这位工程师发明了一种新型机器。
【注】types of后的名词可用复数,也可用单数,作为主语时,谓语动词一律用复数形式。
⑤ Several new types of car(或 cars) are on show in the exhibition.在展览会上有好几种新型汽车在展出。
⑥ There are two types of rocks in this area.这个地区有两类岩石。
⑦ Men of his type are not to be trusted.像他这一类型的人不可信赖。
⑧ What types of crops are planted in this area?这个地区种些什么农作物?
7.earn one's living by··· 靠···谋生
earn one's living by··· 靠···谋生earn one's living 相当于make a living,by后接动名词表示方式。
① Mr Green earns ten thousand dollars a year by writing novels.格林先生以写小说为生,每年挣一万美元。
② The old man earned his living as a fisherman.这老人以捕鱼为生。
③ Sam earned his living with toil.萨姆以出卖劳力谋生。
④ How much did you earn last year?去年你挣了多少钱?
【注】earn后可用by或with表示挣钱的方式,所不同的是by后接动名词短语,如例句①;with后接名词,如句③。earn还有“博得”、“赢得”之意。
⑤ Miss Cathy has earned the title of Master.凯瑟小姐获得了硕士学位。
⑥ If you would earn fame,let not the sun find you in bed.想要成名,就得勤奋。
⑦ Our achievements have earned us worldwide respect and admiration.我们的成就赢得了全世界广泛的尊敬和赞扬。
⑧ He has earned a promotion by his devotion to duty.由于忠于职守,他得到了提升。
8.for one thing.
for one thing.表示“首先”,用来列举理由,当继续列举时,可说 for another,表示“其次”。
① I don't want to buy the dictionary.For one thing,it is too expensivafor another,I don't have enough money with me at present.我不想买这本词典,首先,书太贵;其次,我身边没有足够的钱。
② Sorry I can't go to the cinema with you.For one thing,I have seen thfilm;for another, I have an important meeting to attend.对不起,我不能和你一起去看电影,一则我已看过这影片,二则我要去出席一个重要的会议。
③ Let's invite Helen to our party.For one thing, she is fond of dancingfor another,she sings well.让我们邀请海伦来参加晚会,一则她喜欢跳舞,二则她歌唱得好。
④ Put on your overcoat.For one thing,it is snowing outside,and for another,you may catch cold.穿上大衣,一来外面在下雪,二来你可能要感冒。
9.**
10.up to 30% of food多达百分之三十的食物up to 意为“多达···”
① Up to 80% of the students in our class are League members.我们班上多达百分之八十的学生是共青团员。
② Up to 40% of the water in my hometown ie polluted.我家乡百分之四十之多的水已被污染。③ They have completed up to 85 percent of the project so far.迄今为止他们已完成了这项工程的百分之八十五。
up to 还可表示其他多种意思,如作“直到”解释。
④ Up to now he hasn't realized his mistake.直到现在他还没有认识到他的错误。
⑤ The little boy can count from one up to one hundred.这小男孩能够从一数到一百。
⑥ The room was full of listeners,but the speaker didn't appear up tothen.屋里坐满了听众,但讲演者直到那时还未出现。
up to 可作“胜任”、“及得上”解释。
⑦ This new book of Green's isn't up to his last.格林的这本新书及不上他本人的前一本书。
⑧ He is not up to his job.他不能胜任他的工作。
⑨ I don't feel up to going to work today.我今天不适合工作。
up to 还有“视为···职责”之意,这时通常用up to sb.to do sth.这个句型。
⑩ It's up to us to give them all the help we can.我们理应尽力给他们提供帮助。
⑪ It's up to you to decide who should go first.应该由你来决定谁先走。
⑫ It was up to me to get the four of us moving.使我们四个人行动起来是我的责任。
up to 亦可作“正在作···”、“从事于···”解释。⑬ What are you up to?你正在做什么?
⑭ What tricks has she been up to?
她一直在玩什么把戏?
11.in a word 及 word 短语in a word 作“总之”,“简言之”,“一言以蔽之”解。
①In a word,we should work harder than ever.总之,我们应当比过去更加努力工作。
② In a word you didn't fully understand the teacher's explanation,you made quite a few mistakes in your written work.总之,你没有完全理解老师的解释,所以你的作业有很多错误。
③ In a word,you should try your best to express yourself clearly so asbe a good teacher.总之,要成为一个好老师,你应该尽最大的努力,清楚地表达自己的意思。
in words意为“用语言”。
④ He couldn't express his gratitude in words.他无法用语言来表达他的感激之情。
⑤ I don't want you to promise me in words that you'll be good.我不想要你们用话来向我保证你们会变好。
⑥ Though the boy is only two,he can express his meaning clearlywords.尽管这男孩只有两岁,他能清楚地用语言来表达他的意思。
in other words表示“换言之”,“换句话说”。
⑦ In other words,we can finish the work on time only in this way.换句话说,只有这样我们才能准时完成工作。
⑧ In other words,you have broken the law.换言之,你违法了。
注意记住并区别由 word构成的词组以及这些短语中 word一词单复数。如:keep one's word to sb.(对某人)信守诺言,break oneword 失信,eat one's words 承认说错话,have a word with sb.与人谈话,have words with sb.与某人发生口角。
⑨ I'll never break my word.我决不食言。⑩ I want to have a word with him.我想跟他谈谈话。
⑪ Jack often has words with his neighbours.杰克经常与他的邻居发生口角。
⑫ I said yesterday that you had stolen my car. Now I'm eating mwords.昨天我说你偷了我的车,现在我收回这话并向你道歉。
⑬ He is an honest man who always keeps his word.他是一个诚实的人,很守信用
⑭ Never break your word,or no one will trast you.不要食言,否则没有人会信任你。
12.refer to的几种用法refer to作“所指”、“涉及”解。
① What I am saying does not refer to anyone here.我的话不涉及在座的任何人。
② Does your remark refer to all of us?你的话是指我们全体吗?
③ I had no idea what she referred to.我不知道她指的是什么。
④ When he talk,the old man always refers to the Long March.这老人谈起话来,总是要提到长征。
refer to 还有“查阅”、“参考”、“查询”之意。
⑤ Refer to the dictionary when you don't know how to spell a word.当你不知道一个字如何拼写时你就查字典。
⑥ You can refer to an encyclopedia for information about this subject.你可以在百科全书里查阅有关这个问题的资料。
⑦ You can refer to your notes when you are speaking.你发言时可以看稿子。
⑧ The traveller referred to his guide book for details of his journey.这位旅行者在导游书中找他旅行所需的细节。
refer to还可意为“称作”。
⑨ All these are refered to as animals.这些都叫做动物。
⑩ A ship is sometimes referred to as “she”.有时候用“她”来称呼船。
⑪ The children used to refer to that old teacher as“Grandpa Li".孩子们通常称这位老教师“李爷爷”。
refer可作为及物动词用,这时常用句型 refer sb./sth、to sb./sth.,意为“使某人向···打听”、“提交···处理”、“查询”。
⑫ For further particulars I refer you to my secretary.详细情况请问我的秘书。
⑬ He referred me to you for further information.他叫我到你这里来了解进一步的情况。
⑭ The teacher referred the student to dictionary.老师叫这个学生去查词典。
⑮ The Local Court decided to refer the case to the High Court.地方法院决定把这案件提交高等法院处理。
【注】refer to这种用法可用于被动结构。
⑯ This dispute was referred to the United Nations.这项争端提到了联合国来处理。
⑰ The mysterious illness should be referred to a specialist.这个疑难病症应该请专家来诊治。
⑱ The question was referred to the committee,as the members we unable to reach a decision.由于委员们不能达成一致,这个问题就交给委员会研究解决。
refer to还可表示原因,作“归功于”、“起因于”解释。
⑲ Mr Smith referred his success to the good teaching he had had.史密期先生把他的成功归于他以前受到的良好教育。
⑳ The discovery of the new continent is usually referred to Columbu新大陆的发现通常归功于哥伦布。
21 He referred his success to his hard work.他把成功归功于努力工作。
22 Some people referred all thetroubles to bad luck.有些人把一切困难归咎于运气不好。
13.再谈go作连系动词这里就go作连系动词作一点补充。go作连系动词时,表示“转成”、“变得”,通常表示情况向坏的方面转化。
① Times were bad,and firm after firm went bankrupt.时世不景气,公司一个接一个地破产。
② He went almost mad when he heard the news.他听到这个消息时几乎发疯了。
③ Something went wrong with our car and we got stalled on thbridge.我们的汽车出了点毛病,使我们在桥上抛了锚。
④ After these long hours' work they had gone dead tired.工作了这么长时间,他们累得够呛。
⑤ You were a boy then,but now your hair is going grey,too.那时候你还是一个孩子,可现在头发也已经灰白了。
⑥ If father failed to find anything to do,we had to go hungry for thwhole day.如果爸爸找不到事做,我们就得整天挨饿。
【注】go有时也跟介词短语,表示变成某种状态。
⑦ The coat you are wearing has gone out of fashion.你现在穿着的这件外套已经不时兴了。⑧ He went out of his mind years ago.他好几年前就得了神经病。
⑨ This atlas has gone out of date.这份地图册已经过时了。
⑩ It goes against my principle and I can not do it.这违背我的原则,我不能干。
14.从generally speaking 看用作独立成分的分词现在分词作状语时,其逻辑主语与句子的主语应一致,否则,就会出现“悬垂分词”。但语言毕竟是灵活的东西,有些固定说法虽是“悬垂分词”,但都是正确的,这一般是指表示说话者语气或态度的分词短语。如:generally speaking,judging from/by,strictly speaking,consideringeverything等,这些分词的逻辑主语并不是句子的主语,但它们可以独立存在,这种用法和一些不定式短语如 to tell the truth,to be frankwith you的用法十分相似。
① Generally speaking,men can run faster than women.一般说来,男人比女人跑得快。
② Considering everything,the plan is worth trying.考虑到各种情况,这项计划值得一试。
③ Judging by the number of copies sold,the book is a great suecess.从卖出的册数来看,这本书是很成功的。
④ Strictly speaking,you didn't pass the exam.严格地说,你没有通过考试。
15.**
16.result in 和 result fromresult in 可用来表示“引起、导致或造成(某种结果)”
① The traffic accident resulted in three deaths.这起交通事故造成三人死亡。
② The trial resulted in his being sentenced to two years'imprisonment.审判结果是他被判刑两年。
③ The election resulted in a great victory for their party.选举结果,他们的党取得了巨大胜利。④ Hard work results in success.努力工作就能成功。
result可以与from连用,意为“作为···的结果”,表示原因。
⑤ Her injury resulted from a fall.她因跌倒而受伤。
⑥ It's said that his lameness resulted from an accident.据说他的瘸腿是一次事故造成的。
⑦ Sickness often results from eating too much.疾病往往因为吃得太多。
⑧ The accident resulted from carelessness.事故因粗心而产生。
17.in debt负债、欠债
① Several years ago my family was poor and in debt,but now we havepaid off all the debts.几年前,我家很穷,欠了债务,但现在已经还清了。② I always try to avoid being in debt to anyone.我一直努力避免欠债。
③ Tom is now in debt to Jack for over 100 dollars.汤姆现在还欠杰克一百美元。
④ Having been in debt for many years,the company went bankrupt.由于多年陷于债务中,这家公司破产了。
【注】in debt意为“负责”,表示状态,如要表示欠某人的债应说indebt to sb. 或 in one's debt。 in debt,get out of debt, get/run outof debt都是成语,其前不用限定词,其后也不用复数形式。
⑤ He has been out of debt since he got rich.自从他富起来后就已偿清债务。
⑥ It's easier to run into debt than to get out of debt.欠债容易还债难。
18.sense的几种用法make sense 作“有意义”,“讲得通”解。
① This sentence doesn't make sense.这句子毫无意义。
② Can you make sense of what this author says？你懂得这位作家所说的话吗?
③ He couldn't make sense of this telegram.他弄不懂这份电报是什么意思。
sense是名词,作“感觉”解释时多用单数,并与a连用
④ He had a sense that the meeting was very important.他感觉到这会议很重要。
⑤ The little girl has a good language sense.这个小女孩有良好的语感。
sense作“视觉、听觉等官能”解释时是可数名词。
⑥ Hearing is one of the five senses.听觉是五种官能之一。
⑦ A dog has a keen sense of smell.狗的嗅觉非常灵敏。
⑧ He trusted his own sense of touch very much.他非常信任自己的触觉。
sense亦可作“意义”、“意味”解释。
⑨ In what sense are you using the word?你用此语为何义?
⑩ The sense of the word is not clear.该字的意义不明确。
⑪ The word “mother"has many senses.“mother”这个字有好多意思。
⑫ One sense of "secret"means to hide.“secret”这个词的意思之一是躲藏。
我们可以用sense来表示某种“感”,如幽默感、正义感、责任感等,这时在sense前加不定冠词。如:a sense of justice 正义感,a sense of humour 幽默感,a sense of beau-ty 美感,a sense of duty 责任感,a sense of safety 安全感,a sense offriendship 友好感。sense可作动词用,意为“发觉”、“感觉到”、“领悟”。
⑬ He suddenly sensed danger.他突然感到有危险。
⑭ I did not sense his meaning.我没有领会他的意思。
【注】请注意sense与feel的区别,sense指意识到或凭直觉而知的感觉,不指通过人的感官知觉的一般感觉,故后面不能跟表示“冷”、“暖”、“饿”、“快乐”、“害怕”等名词,而feel不仅指感官感觉,也可表示情感或想法。
⑮ How are you feeling today?你今天感觉如何?⑯ He was not feeling quite himself this moring.今天早晨他感到不大舒服。
⑰ The warmth of the room made me feel sleepy for a little while.屋子很暖和,使我有一阵子觉得很困。
⑱ We felt great joy at the good news.我们听到这消息高兴极了。
⑲ Please feel free to ask questions.请随便提问题。
⑳ Everyone here was nice to me and I felt quite at home.这里每个人都对我很好,我感觉毫不拘束。
21 She soon came to her senses after a blood transfusion.输血后她很快就苏醒过来。
22 We hope he'll come to his senses and correct his mistakes.我们希望他能觉悟过来,改正错误。
23 What you say is in a sense true.你所说的话在某种意义上来说是正确的。
24 The work is well done in a sense.从某种意义上来说这工作干得不错。
25 It's a lie in every sense of the word.这是不折不扣的谎言。
26 The sight of a snake frightened her out of her senses.她见到一条蛇就吓得魂不附体。
19.break up the soil 翻耕土地break up 打碎、拆散、破碎
① A special kind of boat is needed to break up the ice and clear theshipping line.需要一种特殊的船来破冰,以清理航道。
② Sentences can be broken up into clauses and clauses into phrases.句子可以分解成从句,从句又可以分解为词组。
③ Let's break up our party and get home.咱们结束晚会回家去吧。
④ Divorce breaks up a lot of families.离婚使许多家庭破裂。break up还有“散开”、“散会”、“(学校)放假”之意。
⑤ The meeling broke up without result.会议没有取得任何结果就散了。
⑥ The school has broken up for the holidays.学校放假停课了。
⑦ Let's have a class meeting before we break up for the vacation.在我们放假离校之前开一次班会吧。
⑧ The police shouted,“Break up!"but the crowd refused to move.警察吼道:“散开!”但人群不肯走开。
【注】动词break可以和其他副词或介词构成许多短语。我们以前学过的词组有 break away,break down,break into,break out 等,这些词组经常会用到,必须记住并能熟练运用。
⑨ The thief broke away from the policeman and ran away.小偷挣脱警察逃跑了。
⑩ Modern art has broken away from the old traditions.现代美术已摆脱了旧的传统。
⑪ The bus broke down and we had to get off and walk.公共汽车坏了,我们只得下车步行。
⑫ Firemen had to break down the wall to save the child.为了救孩子,消防队员不得不把墙推倒。
⑬ No man has the right to break into his neighbour's house.什么人都无权闯进邻居的家里。
⑭ The Crowd broke into louad cheers when the President's car appeared.当总统的汽车出现时,群众开始大声地欢呼。
⑮ Scarlet fever broke out in that country.那个国家发生了猩红热。
⑯ When they heard of the surrender of Nazi Germany,they broke outin tears and laughter.当他们听说纳粹德国已投降时,激动得又是哭又是笑。
20.serve sb.a dinner 招待某人一顿饭。serve 原意为“服务”、“服役”、“工作”。
① He once served in diplomatic service.他曾一度干外交工作。
② Computers have aIso begun serving agriculture.计算机也开始为农业服务了。
③ Every community is served by one or more nurseries, schools andclinics.每一个街道有一个或更多的托儿所、学校和医疗站。
④ Is she willing to serve on the committee?她愿意参加委员会的工作吗?
serve意为“招待(顾客)”、“侍候(吃饭)”、“端(菜)”。
⑤ There was no one round to serve them.眼前没有人招待他们。
⑥ At lunch they were served a delicious chicken noodle soup.吃午饭时给他们喝了一种味道很好的鸡肉面条汤。
⑦ He served me a cup of coffee.他给我端上了一杯咖啡。
⑧ Dinner will be served in the dining car from 5:30 to 7:30.餐车五点三十分到七点三十分开饭。
serve 有时可以用 with连用。
⑨ At the place we were served with a most delicious lunch.在这里我们吃了一顿非常精美的午餐。
⑩ In one of the rooms, the host served us with milk tea,cream andcheese.在一个房间里,主人给我们端来奶茶、奶油和干酪。
21.It is thought + that clause这个句型在本单元出现多次,现作一小结。
据认为···It is thought that...
据证明···It is proved that...
众所周知···It is known that...
据建议···It is suggested.that...
据信···It is believed that...
据报道···It is reported that...
据宣布···It is announced that...
据说···It is said that...
据要求···It is required that...
据要求···It is demanded that...
① It was reported that half a million workers were on strike for a weekin their country.据报道他们国家五十万工人罢工了一周。
② It is required that we work eight hours a day.我们要求一天工作八小时。
③ It has been decided that the sports meet will be put off till nextThursday.据决定运动会推迟至下周四召开。
④ It is suggested that they set out tomorrow.据建议,他们明天出发。
⑤ It was demanded that the working conditions be improved as soonpossible.据要求工作条件要尽可能快地改进。
⑥ It has been announced that their conntry will send up another mamade satellite next month.据宣布他的国家将在下月再发射一颗人造地球卫星。
【注】在动词 require,demand,suggest,order等后的that从句中,谓动词用原形或should+原形,这是虚拟语气的一种形式,如例②④⑤。
2.that引导同位语从句与定语从句区别
引导同位语从句的that是纯连接词,无意义,不充当句子成份,而不可用关系代词 who,whom或which代替,而定语从句里that是关系代词,有意义。在其引导的从句里充当主语或宾语,了在先行词是“人”+“非人”等特殊情况必须用 that外,都可以关系代词who,whom或which代替。试比较:
①The fact that(which) we talked about is very important.我们所谈的那个事实很重要。(that在从句中作about的宾语所以本句为定语从句。)
②The fact that he succeeded in the experiment pleased everybody.他实验成功这个事实使我们大家很高兴。(that只起连接作用不在句中充当任何成分,故本句为同位语从句。)去掉从句中的that,句子仍可独立存在的同位语从句;
反之,去that剩下的词语不能独立成为一个完整的句子,便是定语从句了请看:
③ The report that he is dead must be false.④ The report that he brought yesterday has turned out false.句③中去掉that所剩下的he is dead是一个完整的句子,故为同语人句;句④中去掉that剩下 he brought yesterday 句意不完整,为 that 在从句中作brought的宾语,故本句为定语从句。
同位语从句所修饰的词是有限的一些抽象名词,如idea,fact,hopenews belief, doubt,truth, fear, thought,suggestion等,对其前面的名词给以补充说明或解释,而定语就没有这些限制。
23.whether与if引导的从句的判断if和whether作“是否”讲,引导的宾语从句可互换。但用whether时,正反两方面的选择意义较强:用if时,则比较强调单方面。比较:
①He asked me if he could come.他问我,他可不可以来。(暗示他想来)
②He asked me whether he should come or not.他问我,他是否该来。(暗示“他个人对来不来是无所谓的”)if作“是否”解,引导的肯定是宾语从句,通常放在主句之后。如果if处在句首,或者虽在主句之后,但主句并不缺少宾语,且句意完整,则这时if作“如果”解,它引导的例是条件状语从句了。如:③No one knows if he can come into the plant.(宾语从句)无人知道他是否能进入工厂。④If he comes here,tell him about it.(条件状语从句)如果他来了,告诉他这件事。
⑤We shall do this experiment if we have time.(条件状语从句)如果有时间,我们就做这个实验。在whether之前有fact,idea,question等名词,whether前又没有逗号,这时whether引导的从句多半是同位语从句。
如:⑥They asked him the question whether an electric current can beproduced by magnetism.他们问了他关于电流能否由磁力产生的问题。
whether在从句之首,引导表语从句,且该从句只能置于主句中的连系动词(多数是“be”)后面,如:⑦What we want to know is whether these goods come up to themark.我们想知道的是官些货物是否符合要求。
引导主语从句不可用if,而要用whether,如:
误:It is an interesting question if there is life on Mars.
正:It is an interesting question whether there is life on Mars.
24.主语从句的两种句型巧归纳句型一:主语(用整个主语从句表示)+谓语+宾语+其它成分That the sun rises in the east is common knowledge.两点注意:
①从句作主语(主语从句置于主句的前面)时,谓语动词用第三人称单数形式;
②位于句首的主语从句的连词that不能省略。句型二:形式主语it+谓语+其它成分+主语从句It is strange that he is the fattest man in the world.注意:what的引导的主语从句不能用形式主语it代替。What he said is true.
不能说:It is true what he said.
25.宾语从句时态歌诀宾语从句的时态呼应是学习宾语从句的难点之一。其原则是:当主为一般过去时,从句须用过去相关时态;当主句为一般现在时,从句根据需要选用正确的时态;当宾语从句所表示的是客观事实(真理时,即使主句是过去时,从句仍用一般现在时。用下的歌诀似乎更记一些。依“主”时态作判断。
“宾从”时态怎么办?“主”用“现将”“从”不限,“产过”“从过”对应变。
“过去完成”时态用。“宾从”动作先发生,“过去将来”时态用。
“宾从”动作后发生,“宾从”表达是真理,一般现在代过去。
unit5
1.have comments from 听取某人的评价comment意为“评论”、“意见”,make comments意为“作出评论”、“提出意见”,通常后接介词on或upon。
① Do you have any comments upon my story?你对我的故事有什么意见?
② Her strange behaviour caused a great deal of comment.她的奇怪的行为引起了许多议论。③ He didn't make any comments in your report.他对你的报告没有提出意见。
④ You'd better have comments from your teachers and classmates.你最好听听你的老师和同学们的意见。
【注】comment后接介词on或upon,表示对后面所提到的人或事物作出评论,发表意见,如例句①③;若后接介词from,则表示听取别人的意见,如例句④。
2.Any ideas?有什么意见、想法吗?
any 及any构成的复合不定代词如 anything,anyone,anybody 放在句首,通常用在对话中以征求对方的意见,同时,这也是一个省略句,如本句相当于 Have you got any ideas? 或 Are there any ideas?这类句子在日常对话中经常碰到。
① Any questions? (Have you got any questions?)有什么问题吗?
② Anything else? (Do you want anything else?)还要点别的东西吗?
③ Any news? (Have you got any news?)有什么消息吗?
④ Anything to say? (Have you got anything to say?)有什么要说吗?
【注】anyone和 anybody的意义和用法相同,anyone较通俗,多用于口语,作“任何人”解释时,不能分开写,因为any one是“任何一个”之意,不一定指人,any body则是“任何身体、物体,尸体”之意。
【注】anyone/anybody作主语时,谓语动词不能用否定式,即我们不能用“Anyone cannot do that.”来表示“任何人都不能做那件事。”而应说 Nobody/No one can do that.
3.express one's satisfaction with 对···表示满意
① The teacher expressed his satisfaction with our homework.老师对我们的作业表示满意。
② The organizers expressed their satisfaction with the preparations forthe conference.大会的组织者对各项准备工作表示满意。
③ The boss is very hard on his employees.He's never expressed his satis.faction with their work.这老板对雇员非常苛刻,从不对他们的工作表示满意。
④ After visiting the school,parents expressed their satisfaction with theteachers'work.参观学校以后,家长们对老师的工作表示满意。
【注】satisfaction是satisfy的名词形式,“对···感到满意”也可以用besatisfied with来表示。
⑤ Are you satisfied with the service of the hotel?你对这家旅馆的服务满意吗?
⑥Both parties were highly satisfied with the results of the talks.双方对会谈的结果都非常满意。
⑦ This book will satisfy your taste.这本书会合你的胃口的。
⑧ Her father fried his best to satisfy her demands.她的父亲想尽一切办法来满足她的要求。
⑨ Just to satisfy my curiosity,how much did you pay for your refrigera-tor?好奇心使我想知道:你买冰箱花了多少钱?
4.agree with sb。同意某人观点、与(某人或某观点)一致
① Most of us don't agree with his opinions.我们中多数人都不同意他的意见。
②I think you will agree with me that the situation is improving.我想你会同意我的看法,形势正在好转。
③ I cannot agree with you on that.在那个问题上我不能同意你的意见。
④ I can agree with neither side.第双方的意见我都不同意。
agree with 可作“与···相符”、“与···一致”解释。
⑤ The verb must agree with its subject in number and person.动词与主语在数与人称上必须一致。
⑥ His account agrees with the actual facts.他讲的与实际情况相符。
⑦ Your story does not agree with what I have heard.你的说法与我听到的不一致。
⑧ Our action must agree with our words.我们必须言行一致。
agree with有“适合于···”之意,这时主语通常是指气候、食物等。
⑨ This food doesn't agree with me.这种食物不适合我吃。
⑩ The climate here agrees very well with me.这儿的气候对我很合适。
与agree连用的介词还有 to,on/upon,agree to,指同意或接受提议、计划或条件等。agree on/upon指对某事意见取得一致。
⑪ We could not agree on the price.我们对价格不能取得一致意见。
⑫ The terms of the contract have not been agreed upon.关于合同的条款尚未取得一致意见。
⑬ I told him about my plan and he at once agreed to it.我把计划告诉他,他马上就同意了。⑭ Father agreed to my becoming an engineer.父亲同意我成为工程师。
5.bring in 把···插进来(扯进来)
① It is my own act.Why do you bring my mother in?这是我自己干的事,你为什么要把我妈扯进来?
② We may have to bring extra workers in to help us with this big job.我们也许不得不额外找些工人来帮助我们完成这项巨大工程。
③ Why bring Tom in? He'll do nothing to help.把汤姆拉进来干什么?他什么忙也帮不了。
④ Stick to the point.Don't bring in things that have nothing to do withit.抓住主题,不要把不相干的东西扯进来。
bring in 亦可作“收获”、“挣得”解释。
⑤ How much does his law practice bring in each month?他做律师每月收入多少?
⑥ Farmers in the north brought in good crops this year.今年北方的农民收入很好。
⑦ Besides his salary,he has investments which bring in about thinythousand dollars a year.除了工资,他还有一些投资,每年可带来收入约三万美元。
⑧ They supply these things to the market and bring in a little extra in.come.他们向市场提供这些东西,得到一点额外的收入。bring in 亦引申为“引进(话题、法案、习惯等)”
⑨ That matter has nothing to do with the subject under discussion,andshould never have been brought in.那件事与现在讨论的问题无关,根本就不该提出来。
⑩ Foreign students bring in new customs and habits when they come toour country for further study.外国学生来我国进修学习,带来了新的风俗习惯。
6.at the top of的用法at the top of 意为“在···的顶端”。
① It grows up straight and thin,with branches at the top.它长得又直又细,顶端有分枝。
② When you pass by school,you can hear students reading their text atthe top of their voices.当你经过学校时,我能听到学生们高声朗读课文。
③My friend Li Hua likes to write notes at the top of the pages.我的朋友李华喜欢在书页顶端作些笔记。
④ You can get a bird's view of our city at the top of the hill.在山顶上你可以俯瞰全市。
【注】at the top of 可以作“最前面的位置”解释。
⑤ Alice came out at the top of the list.艾丽丝考试名列前茅。
⑥ Our host placed usat the top of the table.我们的主人安置我们坐在首席上。
on(the)top of意为“在···上面”
⑦ Put the red book on (the)top of the others.把红皮书放在其他书上面。
⑧ He put the luggage on the top of the car.他把行李放在汽车顶上。
【注】on(the)top of的另一个意思是in addition to,即:“除···外”、“加之”。
⑨ He borrowed fifty dollars from me for the journey and then,on top ofthat,asked me if he could borrow my car,too.他向我借五十镑作旅费,除此之外,还问我他是否能借我的汽车。
⑩ Mr Jackson writes for the newspaper on top of his regular work.杰克逊先生除了日常工作外,还为报纸写稿。
【注】也可以说 at the top of,不能说 at top of;但我们既可以说 on top of,也可以说on the top of;如果后面没有介词则只能说on top,不能说 on the top;只能说 at the top,不能说 at top。如:⑪ On top they built a temple.在顶上,他们建了一座庙宇。(不说 on the top)
⑫ Look at the tree! The boy is at the top.看那棵树,这孩子在树顶上。
7.a waste of...浪费此处 waste是名词,不可数,但可以和a连用。
① It's a waste of time to wait any longer.再等下去是白费时间。
② It's a waste of breath to talk to him.和他交谈是白费口舌。
③ It's a waste of time arguing with him.你和他争辩是浪费时间。
④ What a waste of energy!这多么浪费精力!waste 可作“废料”、“垃圾”、“污水”解释,有时用复数形式。
⑤ They are working hard to turn wastes into useful materials.他们正努力工作,要把废物变成有用的材料。
⑥ The river has been polluted by industrial wastes.这条河已被工业废物所污染。
waste也可以作动词用
⑦ Don't waste money on that car.不要在那汽车上浪费钱。
⑧ It's no use wasting time in discussing that matter.浪费时间讨论那事没有用处。
8.动词reduce的用法reduce意为“缩减”、“减少”① Some fat people try to reduce their weight.一些胖人设法减肥。
② The only way to do that is to reduce expenses.做那件事的惟一方法是减少开支。
③ The price was reduced by 10 percent.价格降低了百分之十。
④ The rising sun quickly reduced the fog.升起的太阳很快驱散了晨雾。
⑤ The doctor gave the patient pills to reduce the pain.医生给病人药片以止痛。
⑥ The new canal will reduce the distance between the two cities by half新运河将使两个城市的距离缩短一半。
reduce与to连用时意为“使处于···状态”、“使变为···”。
⑦ The town was reduced to ashes in the war.战争中该城化为灰烬。
⑧ The great fire reduced the forest to a few trees.这场大火把这片树林烧得只剩下几株树。⑨ He has been reduced almost to skin and bones by illness.他病得皮包骨头。
⑩In the old days,poverty reduced many to begging in the street.旧社会,贫困使许多人沦落到沿街要饭的地步。
【注】reduce...to...词组中的to是介词,不能看作不定式符号,后面应接名词、代词或动名词。9.think up 想出来,虚构
① We must think up a good plan.我们得想出一个好办法。
② He has thought up some astonishingly brilliant ideas.他想出一些异常精彩的主意。
③ He couldn't very well think up an excuse for his being ate.他迟到了,想不出一个借口。
④ The prisoners tried to think up a plan for escape.犯人们试图想出一个逃跑的计划。【注】think out 表示 consider carefully and make a plan for。
⑤ We should do nothing until we have thought out a plan.在我们想出一个方案之前,先别干。
⑥ Andy thought out a way of climbing to the top of the pole.安迪想出一个爬到杆顶的方法。
⑦ His theory is so complicated that nobody can think it out.他的理论是那样复杂,没有一个人能把它搞清楚。
【注】think over 也有“仔细思考”之意,它与think up 和 think out 不同,前者只着重于思考;不涉及结果,即只说明主语作了思考,而后者着重于表示结果,即是否想出了办法、计划等。试比较下列句子,体会这些词组的差别:
⑧ We have thought carefully over your proposal of yesterday.我们仔细考虑了你昨天的建议。
⑨ Who can think out the solution to the problem?谁能想出这问题的答案?
⑩ Delighted,the girls thought up many good ideas.姑娘们一高兴,想出很多好主意。
⑪ I can't make a decision without thinking it over.不仔细考虑我不能作决定。
⑫ He would have to think up some more good names for these designs.他还得为这些设计想出些更好的名字。
10.try out 试用,试验
① The idea seems good but it needs to be tried out.那想法似乎很好,但是必须经过试验。② Let's try out your method.It seems very good.我们来试试你的办法,看来这办法不错。
③ Johh was tried out in the marketing seetion before a decision wasmade about his future.约翰先在销售部试用,然后才决定是否被录用。
④ The film studio wants to try out several of the new singers for thepart.电影制片厂要让几名新歌手先试一下这个角色。try out与for连用时,有“参加···选拔”之意。
⑤ Over fifty boys came to try out for the football team.五十多个男孩来竞争参加足球队。⑥ Wilma and her college teammates also tried out for the relay race.威尔玛和她的大学同学还参加了接力赛的选拔赛。
11.过去分词**
12.attract one's attention 吸引某人的注意力attract意为“吸引”、“引起(兴趣、乐趣)”。
① In space,all bodies attract other bodies.在空间,一切天体都互相吸引。
② At the zoo,the pandas always attract large crowds.在动物园里,熊猫总是吸引着大批观众。③ Perhaps he attracted her because he was so different from otherboys.他对她有吸引力也许是因为他和其他年轻人不相同。
④ He shouted to attract attention.他高声叫喊以引起他人注意。
【注】attract one's attention是“吸引别人的注意力”,pay attention是“注意别人或其他事物”,后接介词to,两者意思相反,
⑤ You should pay attention to your pronunciation.你应该注意你的发音。
⑥ Her sweet voice attracted others' attention.她甜美的声音引起了人们的注意。
13.be devoted to的两种用法be devoted to 作“把···专用于”解。
① This magazine is devoted to science.这份杂志专登科技文章。
② The shops are on the ground floor while the first floor is devoted toliving.商店设在一层,二层用于居住。
be devoted to 有“喜欢”、“疼爱”之意。
③ Her son,to whom she was so devoted,died in fighting the flood.她非常疼爱的儿子在抗洪中牺牲了。
④ She told me she was quite devoted to the child.她说她很喜欢这孩子。
⑤ The couple were devoted to each other.这对夫妻感情很好。
【注】devote...to...用主动语态形式时须加宾语,且to是介词,后接名词、代词或动名词。
⑥ He has devoted his wwhole life to benefiting mankind.他毕生致力于为人类谋福利。
⑦ Mr Wang devotes all his spare time to helping students with theirEnglish.王先生把他所有的业余时间都用来帮他的学生学英语。
⑧ Doctor Brown devoted his whole life to studying the origin of cancer.布朗博士一生都在研究癌症的根源。
14.从be shocked at 看介词at的两种用法介词at在这里用来表示原因,一般跟在一些表示喜、怒、哀、乐、惊等表示情感的形容词、名词、动词或用作形容词的过去分词之后
① They were disappointed at his failure.他们对他的失败很失望。
② The whole nation was in deep sorrow at this news.听到这个消息,全国人民都非常悲伤。③ The people who had gathered around gasped at the cruelty of the or.der.聚集在周围的人们都对这个命令的残酷表示愤怒。
④ The little girl was frightened at the sight of the snake.那小女孩看到蛇吓坏了。
【注】表示情感的动词有 cry,gasp,laugh,tremble,weep等;形容词有:angry, anxious,glad, happy,frightened surprised, disappointed,pleased,delighted 等;名词有:disappointment,delight,despair,grief,pleasure,satisfaction,sorrow等。at可表示一个动作的起因,意思是“一(经)···就···”
⑤ At the boy's last remark,the bookseller looked at him curiously-听到男孩最后那句话,卖书人好奇地看着他。
⑥ At the sound of the gun,the first runners shot from their-startingpoints.一听到枪声,第一批运动员从起跑线上箭一般地射了出去。
15.for sale 与 on salefor sale 意为“待售”(尤指物主出售自己的货物),on sale意为“出售的”、“上市的”(指商品的出售)。
① Is that house for sale?那房屋出售否?
② All the pictures in the exhibition are for sale.展览会的全部图画都出售。
③ The new car is now on sale:新汽车在(削价)出售。
④ I got the bicycle on sale,it was very cheap.我贱价购买自行车,它很便宜。
【注】on sale在美国英语中还有“贱卖”之意,如例句③④。
【注】sale作抽象意义的“销售”、“售卖”解释时是不可数名词,但如果是指具体意义的“一次出售”或“销售量”,则是可数名词。
⑤ Sales are up this month.本月销量上升。
⑥ I found a quick sale for my old bike.我很快就把我的旧自行车卖掉了。
⑦ The sale of his old home made him sad.出售老宅使他很难过。
⑧ Information about the sale is put into a computer.关于销售的信息储存在计算机里。
unit6
1.a party of 一伙,一批,一组a party of 在这里相当于a group of。
① A party of Japanese middle school students will visit France nextmonth.下月日本的一群中学生将访问法国。
②Students were standing in line in front of the gate to welcome a partyof schoolboys and girls from the mountain areas.学生们列队站在校门口欢迎来自山区的孩子们。
③Our headmaster took a school party to visit the modern factory.我们校长带了一队学生参观这个现代化的工厂。
④ Out of the schoolgate came a party of boys and girls,shouting andlaughing.一群小孩跑出校门,叫着笑着。
party还可作“集会”、“宴会”解释。
⑤ Sorry,I have to go,I'll attend a friend's birthday party.对不起,我得走了,我要参加一个朋友的生日宴会。
⑥ Mary held a tea party in her garden last week.上周玛丽在她家花园里举办了一次茶话会。
⑦ This dinner party is very important,for the mayor will attend it.这次宴会很重要,市长将亲自出席。
⑧ She is in a party dress and ready to go.她穿着宴会服装,准备出发了。
2.OK的两种用法OK此处并非表示同意或赞同之意,而是提醒别人注意。
① OK,everyone.Be quiet please.喂,大家注意了,请安静。
② OK,everyone.Look at the blackboard.喂,大家请注意,看着黑板。
③ OK,everyone.Let's read the text together.喂,大家请注意,让我们一起读课文。
OK,boys and girls. Do come here on time tomorrow.④喂,大家注意了,明天一定要准时到。
OK也可作动词用,意为“同意”、“答应”、“认可”。
⑤ The committee OK'd his proposal.委员会同意了该提议。
⑥ The headmaster OK'd our plan.校长同意了我们的计划。
⑦ The teacher OK'd his sick leave of three days.老师批准了他的三天病假。
⑧ Has the bank OK'd your request of a loan?银行同意了你的贷款要求了吗?
【注】OK作为动词时的过去式、过去分词是OK'd,现在分词OK'ing,作名词时的复数形式是OK's。
3.gather的几种用法gather作不及物动词用,意为“聚积”、“集会”。
① Gather round,and I'll tell you a story.大家围过来,我给你们讲一个故事。
② When the accident happened,a lot of people quickly gathered round.事故发生后,很快在周围聚集了很多人。
③ The clouds are gathering,it's going to rain.云在集结,天要下雨了。
④ We'll gather under the clock at the railway station at 7:00 on Mondamorning.我们将在星期一早晨七点钟在火车站的大钟下集合。
⑤ Leaves gather in piles on windy antumn days.秋天遇上刮风天,树叶常给刮成一个个小堆。
⑥ In the evening,we gathered around a fire,singing and dancing.在夜晚,我们围着一堆火,唱着跳着。
gather可作及物动词用,意为“聚集”、“集中”。
⑦ Gathering all his strength, the boy suddenly stood up,glaring at thnobleman.这孩子鼓起全身的劲,突然站了起来,瞪着那个贵族。
⑧ He soon gathered a crowd round him.他不久便聚集了一大群人在他周围。
⑨ Last Sunday our teacher gathered a group of students to help the oldto get in wheat in the village.上星期日,我们老师集合了一群学生帮助村子里的老人收割小麦。
⑩ We gathered the money we could spare and sent it to the children inthe poor mountain areas.我们把能够节省的钱集中起来寄给贫困山区的孩子们。
gather作“集中”、“聚集”解释时,可用于被动语态,也可用作过去分词作定语。
⑪ We were gathered at the school gate to welcome the visitors.我们聚集在校门口欢迎参观者。
⑫ What are the people gathered round doing?聚集在那里的人们在干什么?gather也可作“采集”、“收集”、“收拾”解释。
⑬ She gathered her belongings and set off.她把东西收拾好,就走了。
⑭ It was the time for gathering the harvest of corn.该收玉米了。
⑮ Let's gather some flowers for the festival.让我们为庆祝节日采些花吧!
⑯ Father told Tom to gather all his things together, so that he couldlead the guests into the hall.父亲叫汤姆把他玩的东西收起来,以便他能把客人领进客厅。
⑰ Children are interested in gathering shellfish at low tide.孩子们喜欢在落朝时采集贝壳动物。
⑱ The moment the wheat was gathered in,a storm broke out.麦子刚收好,就下了一场暴雨。【注】请比较 gather和 collect。gather是普通用词,作“收集”、“聚集”解释时用法广泛,可指把人集中起来,也可指把分散的东西或抽象的东西(如信息,力量)聚集起来。collect作“收集”、“采集”解释时着重于计划性和选择性的涵义。当我们要有计划、有条理,为某种目的而进行细致的、有选择的收集时,用collect,不用gather。除此之外 collect 与 gather 常可通用。
Up to now,he has collected 1000 foreign stamps.至今为止,他已收集了一千张外国邮票。⑳ I'm collecting/gathering information for my research.我在为我的研究收集信息。
21 How long did it take you to collect these ancient coins?你用了多长时间才收集到这些古代硬币?
Dark clouds are gathering/collecting.乌云越积越厚。
gather还有“逐渐加快或加强”之意。
As we came to the highway,the car gathered speed.我们来到公路上时,汽车加快了速度。
24 The patient is gathering strength.病人体力在逐渐恢复。
25 The ship was gathering speed as it left the port.轮船离开码头时速度逐渐增加。
26 As the north wind was gathering strength,we felt colder and colder北风越刮越大,我们感到越来越冷。
gather还可引申为“推测”、“揣想”、“了解”之意。
27 What did you gather from his words?你体会他的话是什么意思?
28 I could not gather from his expression whether he was for the idea.从他的表情上,我看不出他是否赞同这个想法。
29 Could you gather from the man's words that he would buy the car?从这个人的话语中你是否认为他会买这辆车?
30 From the dress she was wearing I gathered that the woman was verich.从这个女人所穿的衣服上,我想她是很富有的。
【注】gather一般不与together连用,因其本身就是 bring togethercome together之意,故一般不说 She gathered the children togeter,应去掉together。gather后可接双宾语,即代表人的间接宾语和代表物的直接语,但若将直接宾语放在前面,间接宾语前一般用for。
31 He gathered her all the information she wanted.=He gathered all the information she wanted for her.他收集了她要的所有信息。
4.have a swim
have 常与动词同形的名词连用,相当于该动词的意义,但在该名词前须加上不定冠词。
如:have a talk 谈话,have a walk 散步,have a try 试一试,have a look 看一看,have a watch 看一看,have a bath 洗澡,haverest 休息,have a break 休息。
① You look tired,Let's have a rest.你看上去很累了,让我们休息一下吧。
② What about having a walk after supper?晚饭之后散步怎么样？
③ You have bought a new car? Let me have a look at it.你买了新车了吗?让我看一看。
④ The teacher will have a talk with Tomn's father.老师要和汤姆的父亲谈谈。
5.句型:not+形容词/副词+enough+不定式/意为“不够···(以致)不能···”。
① You are not old enough to join the army.你还不到参军的年龄。
② He is not fool enough to believe your lie.他还没有愚蠢到相信你的谎言。
③ The room is not bright enough to read books in.这间房子不够明亮,不能看书。
④ Mr Ampere couldn't walk fast enough to keep up with the carriage.安培先生不可能走得很快赶上马车。
⑤ He didn't study hard enough to pass the college entrance examination.他学习不够努力,不能通过高考。
⑥ The boy is not strong enough to lift the heavy box.这孩子不够强壮,不能抬起这只重的箱子。
【注】not+形容词/副词+enough+不定式的句型与too...to...结构或so...that...结构有一定的联系。上述例子中有些根据句意可改写成too...to结构或so...that...结构的句子。
⑦ You are too young to join the army.或 You are so young that you can't join the army.
⑧ The room is too dark to read books in.或 The room is so dark that you can't read books in.
6.It looks + as if从句look是连系动词,意为“看来,似乎”,as if(as though)为方式状语从句。描写一件事是怎样做的,一个人或事物是什么样子的句子称为方式状语从句。as if(as though),只是方式状语从句中的一种。在as if 从句中,如果说的是不真实的事情,应用虚拟语气,但如果说的是可能的或真实的事情,则用陈述语气。
① It looks as if it's going to snow.看样子天好象要下雪。
② It looks as if we can't reach home by five in the afternoon.看来下午五点我们是到不了家了。
③ It looks as if Tom won't come today.1看来今天汤姆是不会来了。
④ It looks as if it won't be fine tomorrow.看来明天不会是晴天。
⑤ You look as if you are going to cry.你好象要哭了。
⑥ You look as if you've been running.你好象刚跑了一阵似的。
下列as if从句中所表示的内容是不真实的,所以我们要用虚拟气。
⑦ You look as if you'd seen a ghost.你像是见了鬼似的。
⑧ He looked at me as if I were mad.他那样地看着我,好象我是个疯子。
⑨ Why is she looking at me as if she knew me? I've never seen herfore in my life.她为什么那样看着我,像是认识我似的?我可从来没见过她。
⑩ He treats me as if he were my elder brother,他像我的哥哥那样对待我。
⑪ It seems as if it were spring already.现在仿佛已经是春天了。
⑫ He acts as if he were an expert.他那做法就像他是一个专家似的。
7.No matter引导的让步状语从句No matter+疑问词,意为“无论···”、“不论···”,引导让步状语从如:no matter who(whom)无论谁,no matter what无论什么,no mter which 无论哪一个,no matter how 无论怎样等。
① You are always welcome no matter where you are.无论在何地,您总是受到欢迎的。
② No matter what may happen,they've decided to leave this evening不管发生什么事,他们已决定今晚离开。
③ No matter where you go,you will always find the same thing.不论你走到哪里,你总会发现同样的事情。
④ No matter when my motherland needs me,I will go without hesittion.无论什么时候,只要祖国需要我,我就会毫不犹豫地出发。
⑤ No matter who you may be,you have no right to do such a thing.不论你是谁,你都无权做这样的事。
⑥ No matter what happens,we will not change our plan.不管发生什么事,我们决不改变计划。
“no matter+疑问词”相当于疑问词加上-ever,ever本是一个加强语气的词,加在疑问词后面作后缀,不仅使疑问词的语气有所加强,而且变为具有让步意义,用于引出让步状语从句。
⑦ Whatever happens,we will not change our plan.不管发生什么事,我们决不改变计划。
⑧ Whenever my motherland needs me,I will go without hesitation.无论什么时候,只要祖国需要我,我就会毫不犹豫地出发。
⑨ Whoever is more or less advanced,he can pass this exam.不管是谁,多多少少有点进步的,他是能够通过这次考试的。
⑩ It is a very nice room, whoever it belongs to.这是个好房间,不管它是属于谁的。
⑪ However often he does it,he always makes a mistake.不论他做多少次,他总是做错。
⑫ The peasants have decided to build a reservior, whatever the difficul-ties may be.农民们决心造一个水库,不管有什么困难。虽然no matter+疑问词和疑问词加后缀都可用来引导让步状语从句,但后者的用途广得多,这类词(whoever,whatever,whenever,wherever等)还可用来引导主语从句、宾语从句、时间地点状词从句等。
⑬ Whoever did it made a mistake.谁做此事,谁就犯了错误。
⑭ Whichever comes late may have enough time to do this experiment.无论哪个晚来,都可以有足够的时间做这个实验。
⑮ You can take whatever book you like best.你可以拿走你最喜欢的任何一本书。
⑯ Whenever we see him,we speak to him.每当我们见到他时,我们都对他说话。
⑰ He said that it was so;he was mistaken,however.他说情况如此,但他错了。
⑱ With the development of modern science and technology,we can sendpower to wherever it is needed.随着现代科学技术的发展,我们能够把电力输送到所需要的任何地方。【注】上述用疑问词+后缀-ever的例句,都不是让步状语从句,例句⑬
⑭是主语从句,⑮是宾语从句,⑯是时间状语从句,⑰是一1插入词,⑱是介词的宾语从句。第六单元如何区分这类词引导的是让步状语从句还是其他从句,主要根句意和句子结构来判断。从句子结构来看,如去掉从句,句子能少主语,那么该从句就是主语从句,如⑬⑭。宾语从句一般接在及物动词或介词之后,是动词动作的对象,其余则应根据意来判断其到底是什么从句。
【注】no matter whether 引导的让步状语从句,可以简化为直接用whether来引导让步从句。如:No matter whether(or Whether)it is fine or rainy,I've decidedleave tomorrow.不管睛天还是下雨,我已决定明天动身。
8.get rid of的用法get rid of意为“摆脱”、“除掉”、“免除”。
① These articles are difficult to get rid of.这些物品很难卖掉。
② How can we get rid of this unwelcome visitor?我们怎样才能摆脱这位不受欢迎的客人?③ Such a man should be got rid of.这样的人应该除掉。
④ We ought to get rid of the weeds in the fields.我们应该除去农田里的杂草。
⑤ Only in this way can you get rid of your sleeplessness.你只有这样才能摆脱失眠。
⑥ If we are not going,we can get rid of the tickets.如果我们不去,这些票可以处理掉。
在get rid of...中,其宾语可以指具体的事物,也可以指抽象的事物。
⑦ I could hardly get rid of my toothache withont pulling the bad tooth out.不拔掉那只坏牙,我的牙痛就治不好。
⑧ It took me two weeks to get rid of my cough.我花了两个星期时间才治好了我的咳嗽。⑨ He can't get rid of the cold.他伤风老是不好。
⑩ We should get rid of the bad style.我们应该去掉这种不良作风。
rid 无论是作为名词,还是作为动词都只能与of连用,不能与from或off连用,作动词时,在rid...of...中,rid与of的宾语既可以是人,也可以是物,既可以是具体事物,也可以是抽象事物。
⑪ She is determined to rid her house of rats.她决心除掉房间里的老鼠。
⑫ The doctor rid him of his stomachache.医生治好了他的胃痛。
⑬ He has already rid himself of debts.他已经还清了债务。
⑭ You should rid yourself of all the bad ideas.你应该去掉脑子里的那些坏主意。
9.danger的几种情况danger作不可数名词时,意为“危险”、“受害、受伤或丧命的可能”,指一般概念的危险。
① Thin ice! Danger!薄冰!危险!
② Is there any danger of fire?有火灾的危险吗?③ In war a soldier's life is full of danger.在战争中,一个士兵的生命是充满危险的。
④ The passengers are in danger.旅客们处在危险之中。
⑤ All danger was over.一切危险都过去了。
⑥ There is danger ahead.前边有危险。danger作“具体的危险”、“可能引起危险的物或人”解释时是可数名词。
⑦ He looked around carefully for hidden dangers.他仔细察看四周有无隐藏的危险。
⑧ That man is a danger to society.那个人对社会是个危险人物。
⑨ Smoking is a terrible danger to people's health.抽烟对人的健康是一个可怕的威胁。
⑩ The wreck is a danger to shipping.那遇难的船骸对通航是个危险的东西。
in danger在危险中,be in danger of有···的危险,out of danger 脱离危险。这些词组中的danger都是不可数名词。
⑪ The old man's life was in danger.这老人有生命危险。
⑫ He has been very ill,but the doctors say that he is now out of danger.他的病很重,但医生们说他已脱离危险。
⑬ The child fell into the river.He was in danger of losing his life.这孩子掉到河里去了,他有生命危险。
【注】in danger在危险之中,指主语处于某种危险之中,dangerous 危险的,指主语对别人、别的事物带来危险,会伤害别的人或事物。
⑭ The man is in danger.此人处境危险。
⑮ The man is dangerous.此人很危险(会伤害别人)。
10.break up的两种用法此处作“驱散”(scatter)、“打碎”、“折散”、“分解”解释。
① Sentences can be broken up into phrases,and phrases into words.句子可以被分解为词组,词组又可以分解成单词。
② Many families were broken up under slavery.在奴隶制度下,许多家庭被拆散。
③ The robbers broke up the safe and took away all the money in it.强盗们把保险箱破坏了,抢走了里面所有的钱。
④ The ship broke up on the rocks.船在岩石上撞破了。
⑤ When evening came,it was getting colder,the two boys climbed intoa cave and broke up a box they brought along for firewood.当夜幕降临时,天变得冷了,这两个孩子爬进山洞,打碎了一只随身带来的箱子当柴烧。
⑥ They broke up the old ship and got a lot of useful things.他们拆了这条旧船,得到了许多有用的东西。break up 还可作“散开”、“散会”、“(学校)放假”解释。
⑦ When will your school break up?你们学校什么时候放假?
⑧ Let's have an English evening before we break up for the holidays.我们放假之前开一次英语晚会吧。
⑨ The meeting broke up without result.会议没有取得任何结果就散了。
⑩ Their friendship has broken up.他们的友谊破裂了。
⑪ The ice of the river in my hometown begins to break up at the begin-ning of March.我家乡的那条河在三月初开始解冻。
⑫ The police shouted “Break up!",but people refused to move.警察高喊:“散开!”,但人群不肯走开。
11.break down的几种用法第六单元break down作“分解”解释。
① A bicycle can be broken down into hundreds of parts.一辆自行车可分解成几百个零件。
② Water can be broken down into hydrogen and oxygen.水可以分解为氢和氧。
③ Any substance can be broken down into molecules, and moleculesinto atoms.任何物质都可以分解为分子,分子分解为原子。break down还可作“坏掉”解释。
④ They all rushed over to help the old man whose cart had brokendown.那老人的大车坏了,他们都跑过去帮忙。
⑤ The pump seems to have broken down again.那台水泵好象又坏了。
⑥ Their equipment often broke down.他们的设备经常坏。
⑦ The car will break down if you don't take good care of it.如果你不注意爱护,这汽车会坏的。
⑧ The bus I was in broke down on the way.我乘的那辆公共汽车在路上抛锚了。
break down还有“中断”、“垮下来”、“失败”、“(感情等)失去控制”之意。
⑨ His health broke down because he had been working too hard.他因劳累过度身体垮了。
⑩ She broke down when she heard her husband had been shot.她听到她丈夫被枪杀时悲痛欲绝。
⑪ The singer suddenly broke down in the middle of a song.歌曲唱到一半,那歌手突然唱不下去了。
⑫ The telephone communication with other cities has broken down.与其他城市的电话联系中断了。
⑬ The plan to build another chemical work has broken down because itwill cause serious pollution.再造一个化工厂的计划失败了,因为这将引起严重的污染。
⑭ She broke down at the news and cried aloud.她听到这个消息就受不了,大声哭起来。
12.介词 against的用法
against作“违反”、“违背”解释。
① Don't do that,It's against school rules.不要这样做,这是违反校规的。
② He did it against his will.他是不得已才这样做的。
③ It was against the beliefs of some of the scientists of that day.这是违背当时一些科学家的信念的。
④“It is against your promise not to buy me the piano."Sally said to herfather.莎丽对父亲说:“不给我买钢琴是违背你的诺言的。”
⑤ He wanted to become an engineer, not a doctor, which was againsthis parents' wishes.他想成为一名工程师,而不是一名医生,这是违背他父母的意愿的。
against也可作“反对”解释,其反义词是for。
⑥ Are you for the plan or against it?对这个计划你是赞成还是反对?
⑦ Is there a law against spitting in the streets in this country?这个国家有无禁止街上吐痰的法律?
⑧ Great Britain fought on the side of France against Germany.英法联合对德交战。
⑨ No one is against the proposal.没有人反对这个提议。
⑩ Nothing could make me turn against my country.什么也不能迫使我反对我的国家。against还可以表示“倚靠在···”的意思。
⑪ He rested his bicycle against the wall.他把自行车靠在墙上。
⑫ The little girl stood with her back against the door with a piece ofcake in her hand.cake in her hand.这小女孩手里拿着一块蛋糕,背靠门站着。
⑬ He was leaning against the post,thinking.他靠在一根柱子上,思索着。
⑭ “Place the piano with its back against the wall."said Mrs Brown.布朗太太说:“把钢琴的后背紧靠墙放着。”against 可与行为动词连用,表示冲突或碰撞。
⑮ The rain was beating against the windows.雨滴拍打在窗户上。
⑯ He hit his head against the wall in the darkness.在黑暗中,他的头撞在墙上。
against还有“逆”、“顶着”之意,表示一种反方向的力。
⑰ It is hard to swim against the wind.顶风游泳很吃力。
⑱ Sound waves go faster with the wind than against the wind.声波顺风比逆风传播得快。
13.deal with的几种用法deal with作“处理”解释。
① I have a lot of letters to deal with today.今天我有很多信件要处理。
② Your problem will soon be dealt with.你的问题很快就会得到处理。
③ The boy dealt with the maths problem in a different way.这孩子以不同的方法处理这个数学难题。
④ Such problems will cause troubles if we don't deal with them prop-erly.如果我们对这些问题处理得不适当,就会引起麻烦。
⑤ How did you deal with matters of this sort?你是怎么处理这类事情的?
deal with亦可作“对付”、“和···打交道”解释。⑥ That man is impossible to deal with.这人是无法相处的。
⑦ How would you deal with an armed robber?遇到带有武器的强盗,你怎么对付?
⑧ What is the best way of dealing with young criminals?对付少年犯罪最好的方法是什么?
⑨ A teacher should deal fairly with his students.老师应公正地对待学生。
⑩ Deal with a man as he deals with you.以其人之道,还治其人之身。deal with可作“论述”、“涉及”解释。
⑪ The subject isn't very well dealt with in his book.这个问题在他的书里没有得到很好的论述。
⑫ He wrote a book dealing with life in Japan.他写了一本书,谈的是在日本的生活情况。
14.动词treat的另一种意思和用法第六单元我们在前面的单元里介绍过treat的用法。作“对付”、“治疗”解释,在本课中treat作“处理”解释。
① Waste water from factories should be treated before flowing inrivers.工厂里的废水在流入河里之前应该经过处理。
② The farmers treated dry land by irrigating it with the water frowells.农民们通过用井水灌溉来治理旱地。
③ He treated this matter too carelessly.他对这件事情的处理太粗心了。
④ Some rubbish is treated by burning.有些垃圾通过燃烧处理掉了。
⑤ Tom treated his waste plastic bags by burying them in the woods汤姆把废塑料袋埋在树林里处理掉了。
⑥ Don't treat your waste by burning.It will give off poisonous gases不要用燃烧来处理你的废物,这会发生出有毒的气体。
15.seek的两种用法seek作“试图”、“企图”解释,后面一般接不定式。seek to do sth相当于try to do sth.,但比后者更正式、文雅些,seek是不规则词,其过去式和过去分词是sought。
① We've never sought to hide our views.我们从来不想隐瞒自己的观点。
② The robbers sought to kill the rich man.强盗们企图杀死这个富人。
③ The headmaster sought to punish Tom,for he had broken the window of the classroom.校长想要惩罚汤姆,因为他打碎了教室的窗子。
④ John seeks to please his boss.约翰想要讨得老板的欢心。
⑤ The naughty boy always seeks to copy his partner's maths exercisesbut he is refused.这顽皮的男孩,总是想要抄他同桌的数学作业,但被拒绝了。
seek 亦可作“寻求、征求、谋求、探索”解释。⑥ You should seek advice from your teacher on how to learn Englishwell.你应该就怎样学好英语征求老师的意见。
⑦ I will seek my doctor's advice.我将征求医生的意见。
⑧ He is going to Canada to seek his fortune.他想去加拿大赚大钱。
⑨ Albert Einstein sought neither fame nor fortune.阿尔伯特·爱因斯坦既不追名,又不求利。
⑩ The reason for his failure is not far to seek.他失败的原因是不难找到的。
16.protect的用法protect,动词,意为“保护”、“警戒”,常与from连用。
① He raised his arm to protect his face from the blow.他举起手臂护住脸,以免被这一拳打中。
② The driver was wearing dark glasses to protect himself from the sun.这司机戴着墨镜以保护眼睛不受阳光刺激。
③ Young plants should be well protected from the cold.幼苗必须很好地保护以免受冻。
④ “Put on more clothes to protect yourself from the cold,"mother saidto Tom.母亲对汤姆说:“多穿点衣,以免受冻”。
⑤ One should know how to protect oneself.一个人应该知道如何保护自己。⑥ We must protect the lives and property of the people.我们必须保护人民的生命财产。
protect 可与against连用,作“防御”、“袭击”解释。
⑦ The hen protected its young against being attacked by the cat.母亲保护小鸡使其免遭猫的袭击。
⑧ The tea plants must be protected against frost in winter.必须保护茶树在冬季不受霜冻。⑨ Emperor Qin Shi Huang had all the walls joined up in order to pro-tect his kingdom against foreign attack.秦始皇把长城连接起来保护他的国土免遭外来攻击。
⑩ Trees can protect crops against the attaok from strong wind.树木能够保护庄稼免遭强风的侵袭。
【注】protect...from与protect 都有“保护···免遭损害”之意,但前者往往用于较小的事(如指“寒冷”等),后者除作“防御,袭击”解释外,一般指较大的事(如外来侵略,天灾等)。
比较 protect,defend与guard
protect作“保护”、“防止(危险、损害等)”解释时,使用范围相当广泛,既可指防御敌人的攻击,也可指防御来自自然界的损害,如风雨、日照、寒冷、炎热、疾病,甚至可以指人们在法律上的权益。
⑪ We fought to protect our motherland.我们为保卫自己祖国而战。
⑫ The hard shell of a nut protects the seed inside it.坚果的硬壳保护里面的种子。
defend作“保卫、防守、捍卫”解释,指抵御或击退外来的威胁或攻击,常强调“现实的危险”,其使用范围很广,对象可以是具体的,也可以是抽象的。
⑬ When the dog attacked me,I defended myself with a stick.狗向我袭击时,我以手杖自卫。
⑭ They can't prevent our defending the rights of the working class.他们不能阻挠我们捍卫工人阶级的权利。
defend还可作“辩护”解释,而protect无此意。
⑮ He made a long speech defending himself.他发表了一个长篇演说为自己辩护。
⑯ You need a lawyer to defend you.你需要一个律师为你辩护。
guard 作“守卫”“看守”解释,强调以极大的注意力和警惕性防止实际危险或潜在危险,着重于“警告”的涵义。
⑰ They keep dogs to guard the houses from thieves at night.他们养狗以防盗贼夜间进屋。⑱ The building was guarded by police.大楼由警察守卫。
17.multiply...by...用···来乘···
① If you multiply five by six,you'll get thirty.如果你把五乘以六,你可以得到三十。
② Five multiplied by three is fifteen.五乘以三等于十五。
【注】在数学上,by表示“乘数”或“除数”。
③ Twenty divides by five.二十能被除尽。
④ Twenty divided by five is four,二十除以五等于四。
【注】“乘”也可用 times来表示,times相当于 multiplied by.
⑤ Four times four is sixteen.四乘以四等于十六。
⑥ Twelve times four is forty-eight.十二乘以四等于四十八。
介词by还可以表示长和宽。
⑦ He lives in a room 15 feet by 20 feet.他住在一间15x20英尺的房间里。
⑧ The carpet is three yards by three and a half.这块地毯的尺寸是3x3.5码。(长3.5码,宽3码)
18.cffort作“努力”、“尽力”解
① Please make an effort to arrive early tomorrow.明天请早点到。
② Does it require a great effort of will to give up smoking?戒烟需要坚强的毅力吗?
③ I will make every effort to help you.我将尽最大的努力帮助你。
④ It doesn't need much effort.这事不需要费什么力气。
⑤ He lifted the heavy box without effort.他没费多少劲就把那个沉重的箱子提起来了。
⑥ The prisoner made no effort to escape.囚犯没有设法逃跑。
19.clean up的两种用法clean up 作“打扫,收拾干净”解。
① Tell Alice to clean up the kitchen.叫艾丽丝把厨房打扫干净。
② It is your turn to clean up the bedroom.这回轮到你打扫卧室了。
③ After the meeting,the students cleaned up the place.会后,学生们把这地方打扫得干干净净。
④ When she cleaned up,I could hardly make her out.她清洗一番后,我简直认不出来了。
⑤ Go home to clean up and put on a clean suit.回家去洗洗,穿上干净衣服。
clean up的另一个意思是“清除掉”、“清理掉”
⑥ Clean up the broken glass before someone walks on it.把碎玻璃清除掉,以免别人踩上。
⑦ About fiftysoldiers were left to clean up the last enemy positions.大约留下了五十个左右的战士去清理敌人最后几处阵地。
clean up还可以引申为“整顿”,意指清除罪犯或不道德分子。
⑧ The mayor has decided to clean up the city.市长已决定要整顿市政。
20.状语从句复习要点**
unit7
1.outdoor与 outdoors
outdoor是形容词,意为“户外的”,即 done,existing,used outside ahouse or building,其反义词是indoor。
outdoor labour 室外劳动
outdoor sports 室外运动
an outdoor theatre 露天剧场
an outdoor life 野外生活
outdoors是副词,意为“在户外”,“在野外”,修饰动词、形容词或副词
① It's cold outdoors.Please put on your overcoat if you go out.外面很冷,如果你要出去,请穿上大衣。
② In hot countries,it's possible to sleep outdoors in summer.在热带国家,夏天睡在外面是可以的。
③ Farm workers spend most of their time outdoors.农民的大部分时间是在户外度过的。④ Next Sunday,students of Class Four will go outdoors for a picnic.下星期天四班学生将出去野餐。
【注】outdoor的反义词是 indoor,indoor与indoors的区别相当于out-door和 outdoors。
2.从some more 谈起此处more是形容词,意为“另外的”、“附加的”,相当于additional.一般用在数词或some,several,a lot,a few,a little,many,much 等表示数量的词之后
① One more word.还有一句话。
② Would you like a little more of this soup?你再喝一点这个汤好吗?
③ What more do you want?你还要点什么?④ We have a lot more work to do.我们还有很多工作要做。
⑤ I should like as many more.我还要同样的数量。
⑥ Say no more about it.别再提它了。
They need five more people to finish the work.要完成这工作,他们还需要五个人。
注意 more用在数词之后和 more than 用在数词之前的区别,这是两个完全不同的概念,前者表示“另外···个”,表示外加数词表达的这个数目;后者意为“超过”、“多···”,意即超过数词表达的这个数目。
⑧ Three more men are needed to pull the cart besides the two.除了这两个人外,还需要三个人才能拉动那辆大车。
⑨ More than three men are needed to pull the cart.要拉动这辆大车,需要超过三个人才行。
⑩ There are more than one hundred countries in the world.世界上有一百多个国家。
⑪ A hundred more workers are needed to complete the projeck.还需要100个工人才能完成这项工程。
注意 no more than和 not more than的区别,用在数词前时,n0 morethan意为“仅仅”,“只不过”,相当于only;not more than 作“不超过”、“至多”解释;从讲话的语气来判断,前者表示少,后者表示一个上限。
请比较下列例句:⑫ His whole schooling added up to no more than one year.他的学校教育加起来仅仅只有一年。(只有一年)
⑬ His whole schooling added up to not more than one year.他的学校教育加起来不过一年。(至多一年,可能不到一年)
⑭ On the ground lay a peasant boy of no more than seventeen.地上躺着一个只有17岁的农家孩子。(只有17岁)
⑮ On the ground lay a peasant boy of not more than seventeen.地上躺着一个最多只有17岁的农家孩子。(17岁以下)
【注】more than 如修饰名词,形容词或动词时,意思是“不止于”。
⑯ Hibernation is more than sleep.It is a very deep sleep.冬眠不仅仅是睡眠,而且是很深沉的睡眠。
⑰ Grammar is more than a set of dead rules.It can teach you how tospeak and write correctly.语法不仅仅是一套死规则,它能教你如何正确地说和写。
⑱ She is more than a teacher to the children.She loves them as if theywere her own children.对孩子们来说,她不止是一位老师,她爱孩子们,就像她们是她自己的孩子一样。【注】more...than...是“与其···不如···”之意,请特别注意英汉两种语言语序的不同。
试比较下列例句,体会两种语言的差别:
⑲ The child was more frightened than hurt.这孩子的伤倒不算什么,只是受惊不小。
⑳ The book seems to be more a dictionary than a grammar.这本书看来与其说是一本语法书,倒不如说是一本词典。
21 This elephant is more like a spear than anything else.这头象与其说它像任何其他东西,还不如说它像一根矛。
【注】no more than。修饰数词时,作“仅仅”即only解释,但后接名词、形容词、动词时,no more...than意为“和···一样不”。
22 He's no more able to read Japanese than I am.他和我一样都不懂日语。
23 I could no more do that than you.你不能做这件事,我也不能做。
3.The other end of this piece of wood.这块木板的另一头。
the other是两者中的另一者,在两样事物中任选一样时要用one orthe other。
① I have two brothers.One is a doctor,the other is a teacher.我有两个兄弟,一个是医生,另一个是教师。
② The boy rushed in with a stick in one hand and a ball in the other.这孩子一只手拿着一根棍子,另一只手拿了一只球冲了进来。
③ Look! There is a cinema on the other side of the street.看!街的对面有一家电影院。
④ The monkey couldn't get to the other side of the river,because hecouldn't swim.由于不会游泳猴子不能到河对岸去。
other和 the other都可以修饰复数名词,但意思不同。other+复数名词意为“另一些的···”;the other+复数名词是“其余的···”。
⑤ Some students are playing football,others are running.一些学生在踢足球,另一些在跑步。⑥ Some like milk,others prefer coffee.一些人喜欢喝牛奶,另一些宁可喝咖啡。
⑦ We study Chinese,maths,English and other subjects at school.在学校里我们学习语文、数学、英语和其他课程。
⑧ Only a few people are for the proposal,the others are all against it.只有很少人赞成这个建议,其余的人都反对。
注意any other的用法,是在同一范围内除了主语本身以外的其他人或事物,其后一般跟单数名词,也可说any of the other+复数名
They need five more people to finish the work.第七单元要完成这工作,他们还需要五个人。
注意 more用在数词之后和 more than 用在数词之前的区别,这是两个完全不同的概念,前者表示“另外···个”,表示外加数词表达的这个数目;后者意为“超过”、“多···”,意即超过数词表达的这个数目。
⑧ Three more men are needed to pull the cart besides the two.除了这两个人外,还需要三个人才能拉动那辆大车。
⑨ More than three men are needed to pull the cart.要拉动这辆大车,需要超过三个人才行。
⑩ There are more than one hundred countries in the world.世界上有一百多个国家。
⑪ A hundred more workers are needed to complete the projeck.还需要100个工人才能完成这项工程。
注意 no more than和 not more than的区别,用在数词前时,n0 morethan意为“仅仅”,“只不过”,相当于only;not more than 作“不超过”、“至多”解释;从讲话的语气来判断,前者表示少,后者表示一个上限。请比较下列例句:
⑫ His whole schooling added up to no more than one year.他的学校教育加起来仅仅只有一年。(只有一年)
⑬ His whole schooling added up to not more than one year.他的学校教育加起来不过一年。(至多一年,可能不到一年)
⑭ On the ground lay a peasant boy of no more than seventeen.地上躺着一个只有17岁的农家孩子。(只有17岁)
⑮ On the ground lay a peasant boy of not more than seventeen.地上躺着一个最多只有17岁的农家孩子。(17岁以下)
【注】more than 如修饰名词,形容词或动词时,意思是“不止于”。
⑯ Hibernation is more than sleep.It is a very deep sleep.冬眠不仅仅是睡眠,而且是很深沉的睡眠。
⑰ Grammar is more than a set of dead rules.It can teach you how tospeak and write correctly.语法不仅仅是一套死规则,它能教你如何正确地说和写。
⑱ She is more than a teacher to the children.She loves them as if theywere her own children.对孩子们来说,她不止是一位老师,她爱孩子们,就像她们是她自己的孩子一样。
【注】more...than...是“与其···不如···”之意,请特别注意英汉两种语言语序的不同。试比较下列例句,体会两种语言的差别:
⑲ The child was more frightened than hurt.这孩子的伤倒不算什么,只是受惊不小。
⑳ The book seems to be more a dictionary than a grammar.这本书看来与其说是一本语法书,倒不如说是一本词典。
21 This elephant is more like a spear than anything else.这头象与其说它像任何其他东西,还不如说它像一根矛。
【注】no more than。修饰数词时,作“仅仅”即only解释,但后接名词、形容词、动词时,no more...than意为“和···一样不”。
22 He's no more able to read Japanese than I am.他和我一样都不懂日语。
23 I could no more do that than you.你不能做这件事,我也不能做。
3.The other end of this piece of wood.这块木板的另一头。the other是两者中的另一者,在两样事物中任选一样时要用one orthe other。
① I have two brothers.One is a doctor,the other is a teacher.我有两个兄弟,一个是医生,另一个是教师。
② The boy rushed in with a stick in one hand and a ball in the other.这孩子一只手拿着一根棍子,另一只手拿了一只球冲了进来。
③ Look! There is a cinema on the other side of the street.看!街的对面有一家电影院。
④ The monkey couldn't get to the other side of the river,because hecouldn't swim.由于不会游泳猴子不能到河对岸去。
other和 the other都可以修饰复数名词,但意思不同。other+复数名词意为“另一些的···”;the other+复数名词是“其余的···”。
⑤ Some students are playing football,others are running.一些学生在踢足球,另一些在跑步。⑥ Some like milk,others prefer coffee.一些人喜欢喝牛奶,另一些宁可喝咖啡。
⑦ We study Chinese,maths,English and other subjects at school.在学校里我们学习语文、数学、英语和其他课程。
⑧ Only a few people are for the proposal,the others are all against it.只有很少人赞成这个建议,其余的人都反对。
注意any other的用法,是在同一范围内除了主语本身以外的其他人或事物,其后一般跟单数名词,也可说any of the other+复数名词。
⑨ Tom is taller than any other student (= any of the other students)inhis class.汤姆比他班上任何别的学生都高。
⑩ Shanghai is larger than any other city(=anyof the other cities)inChina.上海比中国任何别的城市都大。
【注】例句⑨⑩中的other不能省掉,若省掉,就把主语也包括进去了,在逻辑上就讲不通,但若不在同一范围,就不能用other。
⑪ Shanghai is larger than any city in India.上海比印度任何城市都大。
⑫ Though he is not thetallest one in Class Two,yet he is taller than anystudent in Class Four.虽然他不是二班个子最高的学生,但他比四班任何人都高。
【注】第一次提到三样或三样以上的事物中的某一样时用another,当第二次提到该事物时,应该用the other。
⑬ When one ant wants food from another,it taps gently on the other'shead with its feelers.当一只蚂蚁向另一只蚂蚁要食物时,它用触角轻敲另一只的头。
one after another与one after the other意思基本一样。
⑭ one after another( = the other)the students went out of the classroom.学生们一个接一个地走出了教室。
⑮ They jumped into the cold water and saved one child after the other(=another).他们跳进冰冷的水中把孩子们一个接一个地救了上来。
4.As long as that?要那么长的时间吗?此句是Will it take as long as that?的省略形式。as long as后接一段时间意为“长达多长”。
① It took us as long as four hours to get over the mountain.我们花了四个小时才翻过了这座山。
② Mr Brown spent as long as two and a half years writing the novel.布朗先生花了长达两年半的时间写这部小说。
③ It will take us as long as a year to rebuild the temple.重建这座庙宇将花去我们长达一年的时间。
④ Now it only takes about twenty hours to get to Paris by plane,but ahundred years ago,it took as long as three months,to get to Paris by ship.现在乘飞机大约只需20个小时即可到达巴黎,但100年前乘轮到巴黎要长达三个月
【注】类似的用法还有 as much as,as large(big)as,as wide as,as high等。
⑤ I spent as much as ten thousand yuan on the piano.我花了多达一万元买了这架钢琴。
⑥ The river is as wide as one hundred and fifty metres.这条河宽达150米。
⑦ A square will be built as large as ten thousand square metres.将要建造的广场面积达一万平方米。
⑧ Look at the tower,it is as high as sixty metres.看那座塔,它高达60米。
【注】请注意as long as可作 为从属连词引导条件状语从句。意为要···”,也可以说so long as。⑨ As long as I live,I'll study.只要我活着,我就要学习。
⑩ As long as one inch of the deck remains above water,there is hope要还有一寸甲板在水面之上,就有希望。
⑪ As long-as we don't lose heart,we'll find a way to overcome the dculty.只要我们不灰心,我们就能找到克服困难的方法。
⑫ You may borrow the book so long as you keep it clean.只要你保持书的整洁,你就可以借书。
5.It may be necessary to put up a notice saying“keep off”.恐怕得张贴告,写上“请勿践踏”。It is necessary for sb.do sth.意为“某人有必要(必须)做某事”。
① It is necessary for you to read English every morning.你有必要每天早晨读英语。
② It isn't necessary for you to work all day.你不必要整天工作。
③ It is necessary for you to attend the meeting tomorrow.你必须出席明天的会议。
④ Is it necessary for you to be so economical?你有必要那么节省吗?上述例句都是简单句。
“It is necessary.”也有复合句形式,即“Itnecessary+that clause”。需注意的是该从句中应该用虚拟语气,形式是“should+动词原形”,或省去should,直接用动词原形。
⑤ It is necessary that he(should)be sent there at once.有必要马上派他到那里去。
⑥ It is necessary that we(should)get everything ready by tonight.我们有必要在今晚把一切都准备好。
⑦ It is necessary that he (should) come here every week.他每周都必须来。
⑧ It was necessary that she (should) return the book that morning.那天上午她必须还书。
类似It is necessary+含有虚拟语气的 that clause的句型还有:it is desired,it is suggested,it is requested,it is ordered,it is proposed,it is important,it has been decided 等。
⑨ It is requested that Helen give a performance at the party.有人要求海伦在会上表演一个节目。
⑩ It has been decided that the sports meet be put off till next Thursday.已决定运动会延期至下周四召开。
⑪ It is proposed that this question be discussed at the next meeting.有人提议在下次会上讨论这个问题。
⑫ It is suggested that we (should) start early tomorrow.有人建议我们明天早点出发。
⑬ It was ordered that he stay in bed for another three days.命令他再卧床休息三天。
⑭ It is desired that this rule be brought to the attention of all concerned.我们希望这个规定能得到所有有关方面的关注。
6.keep off意为“不让接近”、“避开”、“挡住”keep off要根据具体情况译成恰当的汉语。
① Keep off the grass.请勿踏草坪。
② Wet paint! keep off!油漆未干,请勿接触。
③ Do you need an umbrella to keep off the rain?你是否需要一把雨伞来挡雨?
④ How can I keep the flies off this jam?我怎么样才能使苍蝇叮不着果酱?
⑤ Please keep off that subject.请勿谈此事。
⑥ Keep your hands off! 勿用手摸!keep off还有“推迟”之意。
⑦ If the rain keeps off,we shall go out.如果这雨一时还不下,我们就出去。
⑧ Fortunately the thunderstorm kept off until we were safely indoors.幸好我们已经安全地回到家里雷雨才来到。
7.as it is(was) 事实上,既然如此,就以(现在)这个样子
① As it is,we can hardly get to the station by six o'clock.事实上,我们六点钟前是很难赶到车站的。
② He agreed to buy the house as it was.他们同意原封不动地买下这幢房子。
③ I thought he could pass the entrance exam,but as it was,he failed.我以为他能通过入学考试,但事实上他失败了。
④ Little Tom said that he would go to school but as it was he played tru-ant.小汤姆说他去上学,而事实上他却逃学。
【注】请注意区别 as it is(was)与 as it were。后者意为“似乎”,“可以说是”,且无时态变化。
⑤ This book gives,as it were,a picture of the farmers'life in the feudalsociety in old China.可以说,这本书就是旧中国封建社会农民生活的一幅图景。
⑥ He is my best friend,my second half,as it were.可以这样说他是我最好的朋友,我的第二个自我。
8.mass的一些用法mass与of连用,表示“许多”,既可说masses of,也可说amass of,既可修饰可数名词,也可修饰不可数名词。
① There is a mass of stones in the backyard.后院里有一堆石头。
② There are masses of people in the hall,who want to listen to the lec-ture by the famous scientist.大厅里有许多人想要听这位著名的科学家作讲座。
③ Alice has great masses of lettersto answer now.现在爱丽丝有好多信要回。
④ I have masses of work to do.我有大量工作要做。
⑤ Masses of dark clouds in the sky suggested heavy rain.天空中一块块的乌云预示着大雨。mass也可作动词用,意为“结集”、“集合”。
⑥ Troops are massing on the frontier.军队正在边境结集。
⑦ The clouds are massing in the sky and thunders are heard.天空乌云密布,雷声阵阵。
⑧ Crowds of people massed along the road where the president would pass.聚集在总统即将通过的路旁。
9.go hard 变硬go作连系动词用,相当于become,turn。
① Fish soon goes bad in hot weather.鱼在热天不久就变质了。
② Should a murderer go free?该让凶手逍遥法外吗?
③ That used bike went cheap.那辆旧车便宜卖了。
④ After all,you have to go easy with a beginner.对一个初学的人毕竟不能要求太苛刻。
10.The country had been at war for many years.这个国家经历了多年的战乱。be at war 处于战争状态,此处介词at表示“在···状态中”,其后的名词前不用冠词或其他修饰语。
① He was at work when I went to see him last week.上周我去看他时他正在工作。
② In 1945,the Soviet Union declared that it was at war with Japan.1945年苏联宣布与日本处于交战状态。
③ The Smiths were at dinner at six yesterday evening.昨天晚上6点钟史密斯一家在吃饭。
④ The old man sat under a tree,watching the children at play.这老人坐在树下,看着孩子们在玩耍。
⑤ Mother was standing at the door,looking out into the darkness andfeeling ill at ease,for her son hadn't come back on time as usual.母亲站在门口看着门外的黑暗,感到很不安,因为她儿子没有像平日一样准时回家。
11.desert丢弃,抛弃,遗弃
① His presence of mind never deserted him.他从不失去镇静。
② A soldier who deserts his post in time of war is punished severely.战争时对逃兵的处罚很重。
③ He has become so rude that his friends are deserting him.他变得粗暴无礼,他的朋友们都不和他来往了。
④ The village had been hurriedly deserted,perhaps because banditswere in the district.全村的人都匆匆逃走了,或许因为有土匪到达该地区。
⑤ He deserted his wife and children and went abroad.他置妻子儿女于不顾,出国去了。
⑥ They sheltered from the heavy rain in a deserted hut.第七单元他们在一间空无一人的茅屋里避雨。
【注】desert作名词用时意为“沙漠”、“荒地”。如:the desert areas of North Africa 北非的荒漠地区撒哈拉沙漠the Sahara Desert
12.fall to pieces 崩溃,解体,倒塌,垮台
① The old building was falling to pieces.那座老楼眼看要倒掉了。
② After the death of Napoleon,his empire began to fall to pieces.拿破仑死后,他的帝国开始瓦解。
③ The river bank,badly built,fell to pieces after flood.这条河岸,由于建筑质量低劣,洪水以后就倒塌了。
④ In the storm,the ship hit a rock and fell to pieces.在暴风雨中,这艘船撞上了礁石后全损坏了。
13.get in的用法get in作“进入”解释。
① Come on! Get in! The train is going to start.快!快上车!火车就要开了。
② Streets were widened so that fire engines could get in.街道已加宽,消防车可以进去了。
③ The window was broken,and water got in in time of the rain.窗子被打破了,下雨时水就进来了。
④ He invited us to get in the car and go for a ride with him.他邀请我们上汽车跟他一起去兜风。
get in还有“收进”、“请来”之意。
⑤ Get the washing in quickly! It's raining.快把洗的东西收进来!下雨了。
⑥ The peasants were delighted to get the crops in so early this year.农民们很高兴今年这么早就把庄稼收好了。
⑦ She got the electrician in to check the wire.我们请电工来检查电线。
⑧ They have got the doctor in to examine the child.他们请来了医生给孩子检查。
【注】可以说get in the car。也可以说 get into the car。get in与gdinto 在作“进入”解释时意思接近,但into是介词,后面必须接算语,而in可以是介词,也可以是副词,另外,get into还有“(使)陷入”,“染上(习惯)”之意,而get in无此意。
⑨ The train was so ful1 I couldn't get in(into it).第七单元火车太挤了,我上不去。
⑩ They got into argument with each other.他们互相争辩起来。
⑪ It's easier to get into debt than to get out of it again!陷入债务要比摆脱债务容易。
⑫ People gradually got into using the word.人们逐渐习惯于使用这个词。
14.lay down的两种用法lay down作“放下”、“铺”解释。
① The young mother laid the baby down gently on the bed.那年轻的母亲轻轻地将婴儿放在床上。
② He laid himself down in the long grass and fell fast asleep.他在长草中卧下,酣然入睡了。
③ He will not lay it down until it is finished.不做完这件事他是不会放下它的。
④ The dinner guest laid down his knife and fork with a look of com-plete satisfaction.进餐的这位宾客放下刀叉,露出非常满意的神色。
lay down有“制订”、“规定”之意。
⑤ These price limits are laid down by the government.这些价格限额是政府规定的。
⑥ The law lays down that speed limits must be obeyed.法律规定,行车必须遵守速度限制。
⑦ He has laid down certain conditions which they must follow.他规定了某些他们必须接受的条件。
⑧ The conference will lay down the proper measures and methods.会议将规定适当的措施和方法。
【注】lay down one's life意为“牺牲生命”。lay down one's arms,作“放下武器”解释。
⑨ The surrounded enemy troops were forced to lay down their arms.被包围的敌军被迫放下武器。
⑩ The stone is marked with the names of all our brave soldiers who laiddown their lives in the war.这块碑石上刻有在战争中牺牲的全部英勇战士的名字。
⑪ They chose to lay down their lives rather than run away.他们宁可捐躯也不愿逃跑。
⑫ They declared they would never lay down their arms.他们宣布他们绝不放下武器。
15.fill in的用法fill in意为“填写”、“填满”、“填空”或“填入”。
① This formn has been filled in wrongly.这个表格填错了。
② There is one or two lines more which you must fill in.还有一两栏你必须填上。
③ The teacher asked us to fill in the blanks with proper prepositions.老师要我们用适当的介词填空。
④ Please fill in this form,giving your name,address,etc.请填写此表,写上你的姓名、地址等。
【注】fill in的上述用法,亦可用 fill out。
⑤ Please fill out this form.请把这份表填一下。⑥ I've finished filling out this form. What do we do next?表填好了,下面干什么?
【注】fill out作“填上”解释时与fill in同义,但fill out还有“长胖”、“使丰富”之意。
⑦ He's filled out a lot with all good food and regular exercise.由于高质量的食品和经常的锻炼,他已胖多了。
⑧ The girl was pale and thin after her illness,but in a few months shefilled out.那女孩病后脸色苍白,身体瘦弱,但几个月后她就长胖起来了。
【注】注意fill in与fill up的区别,后者作“装满”“填满”解释。
⑨ Let me fill up your glass.我来给你把杯子满上。
⑩ When standing in line he often fills up the time by studying Englishvocabulary.排队时他总是利用时间学习英文单词。
⑪ They filled the room up with furniture.他们把房里摆满家具。
⑫ All these activities filled up his time.所有这些活动把他的时间都占满了。
16.watch over的两种用法“看守”、“照顾”、“守卫”解,此处over是介词,须后接宾语。
① You should watch over the education of the children.你该负责孩子们的教育。
② A nurse sat by watching over him.一位护士坐在旁边照看他。
③ A new minister has been appointed to watch over the welfare of dis-abled people.已任命一位新部长来负责残疾人的福利问题。
【注】watch作名词用时,也可以说keep(a)watch over。
④ You have to keep a watch over the sick boy.你应照看生病的孩子。
watch out.意为“当心”、“注意”,out是副词,后接介词for再加宾、语,表示应当心和提防的对象。
⑤ Watch out! There's a car coming.当心,汽车过来了。
⑥ Watch out for the traffic here.注意此地的交通。
⑦ Watch out that you don't catch cold when going out in the pouringrain.你在倾盆大雨的情况下外出,当心别感冒了。
⑧ If you don't watch out,you'll get into trouble.如果你不注意,就要出乱子。
17.carry on的几种用法carry on作“进行”,“继续”解。
① He has learned enough German to carry on a conversation.他已学了足够的德语来进行会话。
② It's difficult to carry on a conversation with all this noise around.周围这样吵闹,谈话很难进行。
③ I shall try to carry on the work in spite of the difficulties.尽管有困难,我也要把这项工作进行下去。
④ Their conversation was carried on in English.他们的谈话是用英语进行的。carry on 可以和with连用,相当于go on with。
⑤ Carry on with your work while I'm out.我出去一下,你们继续干活吧。
⑥ After his father's death,Bill carried on with the business.比尔在父亲死后把买卖继续经营下去。
⑦ Now we can carry on with our work.现在我们可以继续干了。carry on 还可作“胡闹”、“行为不好”解释。
⑧ If he carries on in that way,he is sure to get into trouble.如果他那样胡闹下去,一定会惹出麻烦的。
18.take on的用法
take on作“呈现”解释。
① Our hometown has taken on a new look.我们的家乡呈现新面貌。
② These insects can take on the color of their surroundings.这些昆虫能变成和周围一样的颜色。
③ Now her hair has taken on a healthy shine.现在她的头发已显示健康的光泽。
④ This old term has taken on a new meaning.这个旧词有了新的意义。
take on是一个常用词组,常见的意思还有“雇佣”,“开始从事”、“多纳”、“装载”等。
⑤ His father was then taken on as a bus driver in the city transponcompany.这时他父亲在市运输公司找到汽车司机的工作。
⑥ He took on a part-time teaching job in his spare time.在业余时间他做起了兼职教师的工作。
⑦ The driver refuses to take any more passengers on.司机拒绝让更多的旅客上车。
⑧ The fuel oil we took on at the town will be enough to take us to thcountry.我们在镇上加的燃料油足够我们回到乡下。
⑨ Albert takes on additional work in the evenings.艾伯特晚间还做额外的工作。
⑩ Doctor Gold Water wasn't taking on any new patients.戈德华特医生不再接收新病人了。
19.fall into ruins 坍塌成废墟fall into 此处意为“陷入(某种状态)”。
① Alone in London,without work,without friends,he fell into despair他一人在伦敦,没有工作,没有朋友,陷入绝境之中。
② The temple has fallen into very bad ruins.这座庙已成为废墟。
③ He was so tired that he soon fell into a doze.他疲劳得很快就打起盹来。
④ Words which falls into disuse may sometimes be received with a nowmeaning.已经废弃不用的词有时会以新的意义再次出现。
fall into常可作“开始···起来”解释。
⑤ They fell into a heated discussion of the question.他们热烈地讨论起这个问题来。
⑥ Then she fell into conversation with Grandpa Li.然后她和刘大爷聊了起来。
fall into也可有“分为”之意,相当于divide into,所不同的是,fall in-to没有被动语态,而divide into 常用被动语态。
⑦ The islands fall into three large groups.这些岛屿可分为三大群。
⑧ The three sections into which my argument may be said to fall arethese.我的论点可分成的三个部分如下。
⑨ The present text can be divided into three parts.本篇课文可分成三个部分。
⑩ The students were divided into four groups and had a discussion.学生分成若干小组进行讨论。
20.up until
1970直到1970年up until的意思是“一直到···为止”,until作介词或连词,用作肯定句时,谓语动词须用持续性动词。
① Please stay here until I come back.请在这儿呆到我回来。
② The smoke grew heavier and heavier until finally it turned into aterrible Genie.烟雾越来越浓,到最后变成了一个可怕的魔鬼。
③ They thought their bodies would be well kept in these until theycould come back to life.他们认为他们的尸体可以在这些坟墓里保存完好直到复生。until用在否定句中,谓语用终止性动词。
④ Don't leave until I come back.到我回来再走。
⑤ Dr Bethune didn't leave until the operation was over.白求恩医生一直到手术结束才离开。
⑥ Mr Brown didn't arrive home until midnight because he had to at-tend an important meeting.布朗先生直到半夜才回来,因为他要出席一个重要的会议。
until引导的是时间状语从句,故该从句中的谓语动词不能用将来时态。
⑦ We'll stay here until he comes back.我们要呆到他回来。
⑧ You shouald keep working hard until you succeed.第七单元你们应该不断地努力,工作直到取得成功。
【注】until只能指时间,不能指空间。例如,我们不能说:We walkeuntil the end of the road.而应该说:We walked as far as the endof the road.或者 We walked until we got to the end of the road.
21.in a poor state 处于破败的状态state
在此处意为“状态”、“状况”,常与不定冠词连用,只有单数形式,说明某一种状态或状况;其前要用介词in。
① Everything was in a state of disorder.一切都乱了套了。
② All is back to its normal state.一切都回复到正常状态。
③ He is in a good state of mind.他心情舒畅。④ The classroom was in a dirty state.教室里很脏。
⑤ At that time,the whole country was in a state of war.那时,整个国家都处在战争状态之中。
⑥ The school buildings are in a bad state of repair.校舍需大修。
⑦ She's in a poor state of health.她的健康状况不佳。
⑧ What a state he is in! 他竟成这个样子了!【注】state作“状态”解释时与situation和condition的比较。situati意为“情况”,“形势”,“局面”,主要是指各种情况之间的相互系以及该情况与有关人士之间的关系,即强调相互之间的联和影响,而state则主要强调人或物在特定时间内具有的特征所处的环境,不涉及相互之间的关系。
如:the internationel situation 国际形势the political situation 政局the present situation
目前形势condition作“状况”解释时与state相近,但含有“与周围环境有关之意
⑨ He's now in a dangerous situation.他现在处境危险。
⑩ The condition of my health prevented me from working.我的健康状况不允许我继续工作。⑪ He's in no conadition to travel.他的健康状况不宜于旅行。
⑫ The ship is not in a condition to make a long voyage.此船的情况不宜作长途航行。condition 可以有复数形式,而state作“状况”解释时只能用单数。
⑬ Their living conditions were terrible.他们的生活条件很差。
⑭ Joe took an active part in the workers' struggles for better pay andbetter conditions.乔积极参加工人的斗争,争取提高工资和改善工作条件。
22.in the sunset 与 at the sunset这两种表达意思不同,at the sunset 指在日落时分,讲的是时间。而in the sunset意为“在日暮中”,指在“落日的余晖里”,侧重点不是在于时间,而是在于情景。① We reached the small mountain village at the sunset.在日落时分,我们来到了这个小山村。② In the sunset,everything in the village looked golden,the trees,thehouses,even the dogs running around the courtyards.在落日的余晖里,村里的一切看上去都是金色的,树,房子,甚至围着院子跑的狗。
in the sunset的用法与in the sun相同,都是“在阳光下”之意,英美人习惯上说 in the sun 不说 under the sun。再如“在昏暗的光线下”,英美人说 in the dim light,而不说 under the dim light。
③ Don't read in the dim light.It will do harm for your eyes.不要在昏暗的光线下看书,那会损伤你的视力。
④ Hang the maps in the good light,please.请把地图挂在光线好的地方。
unit8
1.You don't keep your word.你不守信用。keep one's word 意为“守信用”、“遵守诺言”。
① He is a man who always keeps his word.他是一个很讲信用的人。
② We Chinese always keep our word.我们中国人说话是算数的。
③ I'll keep my word.I won't let it out.我会守信的,我决不会泄密。
④ Tom,you should have kept your word,but you didn't.汤姆,你应该守信用,但你没有。
keep one's word的反义词是break one's word 即“失信”、“食言”
⑤ Don't believe him.He always breaks his word.别相信他,他一直不守信用。
⑥ Don't break your word, otherwise,no one will trust you.不要失信,否则,没有人会信任你。【注】kseep one's word 和 break one's word 中的名词 word不能用复数 形式。
2.We fixed it.我们决定了。
fíx是动词,我们在以前曾讲过它作“安装”、“修理”解释,但在本课中作“确定”解释,请阅读下列
① They fixed the date for meeting.他们决定了开会的日期。
② Have you fixed a place for the conference?你们确定了会议的地点没有?
③ The students fixed the limits of their discussion.学生们规定了讨论的范围。
④ Have you fixed where to stay?你们决定住在哪里了吗?
fix sth.on sb.常意为“注视···”、“倾注(感情)”。⑤ His eyes were fixed on the man who had just entered.他的目光凝视着刚进来的哪个人。⑥ She has fixed her affections on her only child.她将她的感情倾注于她惟一的孩子。
⑦ Parents fix their hopes on their children.父母亲把他们的希望寄托在孩子们的身上。
⑧ The policeman fixed his eyes on the thief as he began to question him.警察开始问小偷时眼光直盯着他。
3.check with each other 相互核实check 此处意为“查证”、“核对”。
① Will you please check these figures?你把这些数字核对一下好吗?
② Please check the copy against the original.请对照原件把抄件核对一下。
③ We must check the accuracy of his words.我们必须查对一下他的话是否真实。
④ You should check your bicycle before you start.出发前你应该把自行车检查一下。
check还有“制止”、“阻挡”之意。
⑤ John couldn't check his anger.约翰抑制不住自己的愤怒。
⑥ They have checked the enemy's advance.他们已阻挡住敌人的功势。
⑦ He was about to say somnething,but checked himself and turned away.他正想说点什么,但忍住没说,转身走开了。check 亦可作“寄存”、“托运”解释。
⑧ Have you checked all your luggage? 你的行李都托运了吗?
⑨ He checked his coat as he went in.他进去时把外衣寄存起来。
4.You just don't consider anyone but yourself.你只想着自己不考虑别人。but此处是介词,意为“除···外”,与except同义,所不同的是,but通常与否定词连用,如nobody(not anybody),nothing (not any-thing),no one(not anyone),而except没有这种限制。
① I have eaten nothing but bread and cheese since Sunday.自从星期日以来,除了面包和乳酪外,我别的什么东西也没有吃。
② There is nothing but a card in it.里面除了一张卡片什么也没有。
③ Nothing but disaster would come from such a plan.这样的计划只能带来灾难。
④ No one knew it but me.除了我以外,没有人知道这件事。
but后接人称代词时,一般用宾格,这时我们把but看作介词;也可用主格,这时,我们把but看作一个连词,但一般也采用宾格。
⑤ No one but he/him showed much interest in the proposal.除了他没有人对这个建议有多大兴趣。
⑥ Who but he would do such a thing?除了他谁会做这种事?
⑦ Who would do a thing like that? Nobody but her.谁会干出这种事呢?除了她没有别人。
⑧ They are all wrong but me.除了我,他们都错了。
请注意but接在first/next/last之后,再加上one/two/three等数所表示的意思。
⑪ Take the next turning but one on your left.在你左边第二个转弯处转弯。
⑫ I live in the last house but two in this street.我住在这条街倒数第三栋房子内。
⑬ Smith was the last but one to arrive.史密斯是倒数第二个到达。
⑭ I was last but one in the race yesterday.昨天赛跑我跑了例数第二。
⑮ I was next but one in the queue to see the doctor.我看病排在下下一个。
⑯ My friend Jackie lives next door but one.我的朋友杰吉的住处和我隔一个门。
but后也可接that从句,相当于except that 从句。⑰ He would have helped us but that he was short of money at the time要不是他当时缺钱的话,他会来帮我们的。
⑱ I know nothing about the man but that he lives upstairs.对这个人我一无所知,只知道他住在楼上。
but for用来表示假设的条件,常用在虚拟语气中。
⑲ I would have been in real trouble but for your help.要不是有你帮忙,我可就要倒大霉了。⑳ But for the storm,I would have been home before eight.要不是这场风暴,我八点钟以前就到家了。
5.表示抱歉或遗憾的用语及其回答英语中常见的表示抱歉或遗憾的句型有:I'm sorry to do/to have done sth.I'm sorry for/about sth.I apologize for sth./doing sth.回答可以说 That's all right.; That's OK.; That's nothing.;Nevermind.;It doesn't matter.;It's not important.等。
① I'm sorry to have given you so much trouble.It doesn't matter.对不起给您添了那么多的麻烦。没关系。
② Sorry to interrupt you.That's all right.对不起打扰您了。没关系。
③ I apologize for quarrelling with you yesterday.That's nothing.昨天跟你争吵,我向你道歉。没关系。
【注】sorry 后接不定式的一般式,是将要或正在打扰人家时说的,如跟不定式的完成式,是已经打扰了人家时说的。
④ Sorry to trouble you.对不起,麻烦您了。
⑤ Sorry to have given you trouble.给您添了麻烦,真对不起。
下面几句都是已经做了某事而作的道歉,句子语法结构不同但意思相同。
⑥ I'm sorry to have waken you up so early.那么早就叫醒了你,真对不起。
⑦ I'm sorry for waking you up so early.
⑧ I'm sorry for having waken you up so early.
⑨ I'm sorry that I woke you up so early.
【注】sorry后的句子常以but开头,这是一种习惯用法,并非表示转折,在译成汉语时,往往不予译出。例:"An old pupil? I'm sorry but ... your name?”“一个过去的学生?对不起,你的姓名?”I'm sorry 是做错了事或说错了话向人道歉时用的,而Exouse me则是一般要麻烦人家,说可能会令人不快的话或做可能会令人不快的事时说的,如插话、表示异议、打扰人家等。具体用在如下场合:
向人问路时、问事时
⑩ Excuse me.Could you show me the way to the post office?对不起,你能给我指一下到邮局去的路吗?
⑪ Excuse me.Is this watch yours?对不起,这块表是你的吗?
请求许可时
⑫ Excuse me,but can I smoke here?对不起,我能在这儿吸烟吗?
有礼貌地表示同意别人的话时
⑬ Excuse me,but I can't agree with you.对不起,我不能同意你的观点。
⑭ Excuse me,but I don't think that statement is true.对不起,我认为那说法不对。
和人谈话中要走开或做别的事时
⑮ Excuse me,but I mnust be off for a while.对不起,我要离开一会儿。
【注】excuse是普通用词,多用于口语,指请求原谅疏忽或轻微的过失,而pardon表示宽恕较严重的过失,语气较excuse强;forgive的语气最重,它表示的宽恕重在感情方面,含有一方forgive就怨恨消失,和好如初之意。
⑯ He has been pardoned and set free.他被宽恕释放了。
⑰ He will not pardon your contradicting him.他不会原谅你反驳他。
⑱ Please forgive the wrongs I've done you.请宽恕我对你犯下的错误。
6.mean to do 与 mean sb. to do sth.mean后接不定式意为“打算做某事”。
① I'm sorry if my words hurt you,but I didn't mean to.如果我的话伤了你,请你原谅,我是无意的。
② Do you mean to start an argument?你是想辩论吗?
③ I don't mean to say that we are perfect.我不想说我们十全十美。
④ You don't mean to say so!你要说的该不会是这个意思吧!
mean sb.to do sth.意为“要某人做某事”
⑤ The teacher didn't mean youI to come so early.老师并不是要你来这么早。
⑥ I mean you to do the exercise by yourself.我是要你独立完成作业。
mean 后接介词for,具有“预定”、“指定”之意。
⑦ His parents meant him for a doctor.他的父母打算让他当医生。
⑧ Whom is this gift meant for?这礼物是送给谁的?
⑨ This collection of short stories is meant for beginners in English.这个短篇小说集是为初学英语者写的。
7.There is no need.没有必要。
这一句中need是名词,后可接介词短语或不定式作定语。
① There's no need to hurry.We have plenty of time.不必那样匆忙,我们有充分的时间。
② There's no need to go on foot.You can take a bus.没有必要步行去,你可以乘公共汽车。
③ There is no need for a guide on our journey.我们旅行没有必要找向导。
④ There is no need for you to get up so early.你没有必要这么早就起来。
⑤ In fact,there is no need for her to be so particular about what shewears.事实上,她没有必要对穿衣如此挑剔。
⑥ There is no need for Mr Brown to be so hard on his students.布朗先生不必对他的学生如此苛刻。
还可以用have来表达是否有必要。
⑦ We have little need forhis advice.我们几乎不需要他的建议。
⑧ We have no need to be afraid of him.我们不必怕他。
⑨ I have no need for doctors.我不需要医生。
8.in search of 寻找此处search是名词,整个词组是介词短语,在句中一般作状语。
从意思上来说,search for也有“寻找”之意,但这是一个动词词组,与insearch of在句中所起的作用不同,故不能混为一谈,请看下面例句。
① The child came here in search.of something to eat.这小孩来这儿找点吃的东西。
② So he ran in search of the missing girl.于是他跑去寻找失踪的女孩。
③ The Curies worked very hard in search of the unknown radiation. 居里夫妇非常努力地工作以寻找那种未知的放射物。
④ They went to Australia in search of gold.他们到澳大利亚寻找黄金。
⑤ I looked everywhere in search of my glasses.我到处寻找眼镜。
search作动词时意为“搜查”。
⑥ They even searched his home without any reason.他们甚至毫无理由地搜查了他的家。
⑦ They searched the thief but found nothing.他们搜了小偷的身,但什么也没找到。
⑧ The policemen searched every part of the forest.警察搜查了森林的每个地方。
如要表达“在···地方或人身上搜查···”时,用search....for..-。
⑨ The policeman searched him for a hidden gun.警察在他身上搜查暗藏的枪。
⑩ I've been searching every corner for those keys. Where did theyto?我找遍了各个角落都未找到钥匙,它们到哪儿去了呢?
⑪ I have searched my mind for a reason,but can find none.我绞尽脑汁想找出个理由,但找不到。
⑫ They searched all the drawers for the missing paper.他们翻了所有的抽屉寻找那个不见了的文件。
search out 作“发现”、“设法找到”解。
⑬ We have searched out all the facts we need.我们已经弄清了我们所需要的全部事实真相。
⑭ It took me several weeks to search out the book that I want.我费了几个星期的时间才找到我需要的那本书。
⑮ How can we search out the right man for the job?我们怎样才能找到适合干这项工作的人呢?
⑯ The lawyer searched out the weakness in the witness' statement.律师从证人的证词中找到了破绽。
search through 意思是“从一处到一处仔细寻找”。
⑰ We have searched through the records,but there is no sign of the information that you requested.我们查遍了记录,但你要的材料一点踪影也没有。
⑱ His personal papers have all been searched through.有关他个人的文件都查遍了。
⑲ Police with dogs are searching through the building for the criminal.警察带着警犬在大楼里搜捕该罪犯。
⑳ I spent ten minutes searching through the drawer for the key,and itwas in my pocket all the time!我花了十分钟翻抽屉找钥匙,而钥匙竟一直在我口袋里!
search after 与 search for同义
21 He spent his whole life searching after fame.他一生追求名望。
22 He said he was searching after truth.他说他在寻找真理。
9.smile 作名词时的用法
smile 是可数名词,不论其前是否有形容词修饰,都可与a连用。
① There was a pleasant smile on her face.她脸上露出喜悦的笑容。
② She had a bitter smile on her face.她脸上露出一丝苦笑。
③ The old professor looked up at me with a smile.这老教授抬起头,微笑着望着我。
④ She gave a satisfied smile.她露出满意的笑容。
smile的复数形式表示“满面笑容”。
⑤ He was all smiles when we met.我们相见时他满面笑容。
⑥ The winner was all smiles when he received the prize.优胜者领奖时满面笑容。
10.request的用法本课中request是名词,意为“请求”、“要求”,相当于 a polite de-mand。
① I did it at his request.我是应他的要求做这件事的。
② All my requests were granted.我所要求的事全被准许了。
③ She made a request for help.她请求帮助。④ The band were playing this song by request of the Queen.乐队应女王的要求演奏这支歌曲。
request作动词用时,通常有下面几种句型:
⑤ May I request your attention?请听我说件事好吗?(句⑤~⑧接名词)
⑥ We request the favor of a reply at your earliest convenience.请方便时尽早答复。
⑦ They requested the pleasure of his company at tea the following af.ternoon.他们邀请他第二天下午去他们那里喝茶。
⑧ They requested a loan from the bank.他们要求银行给他们一笔贷款。
⑨ I request them to stop making such a noise.我请求他们不要这样大声喧哗。(句⑨~⑫接不定复合结构)
⑩ They often requested us to answer their questions.他们常常请我们帮助解答他们的问题。
⑪ Did they request you to attend the opening ceremony?他们邀请你参加开幕式了吗?
⑫ Passengers are requested to show their passports.请旅客出示护照。
接从句,request 后面的宾语从句和主语从句一般用虚拟语气,其动词用should+动词原形,或省去should用动词原形。
⑬ It is requested that a vote be taken.有人要求进行表决。
⑭ It is requested that he leave before 7.请求他七点离开。
⑮ They requested that we send a delegation to their country.他们要求我们派一个代表团到他们国家去。
⑯ The teacher requested that his students sit down.老师请学生们坐下。
11.How eagerly he looked up at the sales assistant for an answer.他多么热切地看着店员期望得到答复。
此处look for并非“寻找”之意,而是作“期望”、“期待”解释,相当于expect。
① The results were better than had been looked for.结果比预料的要好。
② I think we may look for a better result next time.我想下次结果可能会好一些。
③ We did not look for such a success.我们没有想到会这么成功。
④ The chance which he had looked for was now freely offered to him.他期待的机会现在轻易地得到了。
⑤ People often look for the weather they want.人们经常盼望他们想要的天气。
⑥ Bob did not go for a swim with his friends because he was looking for a phone call from his sister.鲍勃没有和朋友们去游泳,因为他在等姐姐来电话。
⑦ Tell them they may look for me any day.告诉他们我就在这几天到达。
⑧ I'm looking for a parcel from my brother.我在等我兄弟寄来的包裹。
12.turn to的几种用法turn to 在本课意为“(使)变成”,相当于change to,to为介词。
① Blue turns to green when you mix it with yellow.蓝色调上黄色就变成了绿色。
② The snow turned to rain as we got further down the mountain.我们走下山来到更低的地方时,雪变成雨了。
③ Where can I turn these pounds to dollars?在哪儿我可以把英镑兑换成美元?
④ The funny dry little stick turned to a beautiful bush after only aseason's growth.一根可笑的小树枝经过一季度时间就长成了挺好看的一株灌木。
turn to 还有“求助于”之意。
⑤ One can always turn to music for comfort.人们总是可以从音乐中寻求安慰的。
⑥ Don't hesitate to turn to me if you are in difficulty.你如有困难,尽管来找我好了。
⑦ She had no one to turn to for advice.她没有一个可以商量的人。
⑧ She didn't know whom to turn to for advice.她不知道该找谁出主意。
turn to 亦可作“转到”、“转向”、“朝向”解释。⑨ After he left the university,he became a teacher,but later he turned to journalism.他离开大学后当了教师,后来又转到新闻界。
⑩ Now let's turn to another aspect of the problem.现在我们再谈这个问题的另一个方面。⑪ The conversation turned to the changes that had taken place in thevillage.话题转到谈村子里发生的变化。
⑫ Rudely,he turned his baok to me and refused to say anything further.他很不礼貌地把背对着我,不愿继续说下去。
turn to还有“翻到(页、图等)”之意
⑬ We'll turn back to page 102 and start again from there.我们翻回到102页,从那儿重新开始。⑭ Please turn to the picture on page 50.请翻到第50页的图。
13.badly的意思和用法badly 作“严重地”、“非常地”、“极其”解,具有而very much之意。
① Our football team was badly beaten in the match.我们足球队在比赛中遭惨败。
② The soldier was badly wounded in the battle last night.那士兵在昨晚的战斗中伤得很重。
③ He said he wanted the dictionary badly.他说他非常需要这本词典。
④ The child behaved very badly to you.这孩子对你表现很坏。
⑤ Don't feel badly.I was only joking with you.别感到难受,我仅仅是在跟你开玩笑。
⑥ I am badly in need of your advice.我非常需要你的建议。
【注】badly修饰 need,want时作“极其”、“迫切地”解。
14.as good as此处作“几乎一样”、“实际上等于”解释。
① He told me that everything was as good as settled.他告诉我,实际上一切都已经解决了。
② My car is as good as new,even though I've had it a year.我的汽车虽然已用了一年,几乎还是新的。
③ He as good as said I was a liar.他实际上等于说我是个说谎者。
④ What he said has as good as shown his attitude.他的话实际上已表明了他的态度。
⑤ The old machine is well maintained and looks as good as new.这台旧机器维修得很好,看上去像新的一样。
15.in that(this)case 在那样(这样)的情况下
① It may rain tomorrow.In that case,we can't go to the seaside.明天可能下雨,要是那样,我们就不能去海边。
② The professor has missed the train;in this case,the lecture has to be put off.教授误了火车,这样,讲座就得推迟。
③ It is said that the novel hasbeen put into English. In that case,I'llbuy a copy of it.据说这本小说已译成了英语,如果是那样的话,我要去买一本。
④ The temperature will drop to about 0℃ tomorrow morning.In thatcase,you'd better put on more clothes.明天早晨气温将降至零度左右,那样的话,你最好多穿点衣服。
case意为“情况”、“状况”。请注意有关case的几个惯用法的区别。in case 作“假使”、“以防”、“万一”解,通常引导条件状语从句。
⑤ Please remind me of it again tomorrow in case I forget.请你明天再提醒我一下,免得我忘记。
⑥ It may rain,you'd better take an umbrella in case it rains.可能下雨,带把伞吧,以防万一。
⑦ In case he comes,let me know.如果他来的话,告诉我一声。
⑧ You shall act his part in case he doesn't come.万一他不来,你就演他的角色。
in case of 意思是“如果”、“万一”,与in case不同的是,in case引导状语从句,in case of后接名词、代词、动名词。
⑨ In case of fire,ring the alarm bell.万一失火的话,请按警铃。
⑩ Turn off the TV set in case of thunderstorm.在雷雨时,关上电视机。
⑪ We'd better insure the house in case of fire.这房子我们最好投保以防火灾。
in any case 无论如何,相当于 whatever happens.
⑫ In any case,catch the train tomorrow.无论如何,明天要赶上火车。
⑬ You should finish your composition before school is over in any case.无论如何,你必须在放学前完成作文。
⑭ Call me in any case,when you reach London.到伦敦后,无论如何要给我打个电话。
in no case 决不
⑮ In no case shall we allow smoking in the classroom.教室里绝对不允许吸烟。
⑯ In no case shall you break the rule.你决不能违反纪律。
16.do的一种用法do作“行了”、“合适”、“够了”解释。
① Now please turn round. That'll do.请转过身来,行了。
② It doesn't do to let a child always have its own way.老让小孩子任性是不行的。
③ No,that won't do;it's too risky.那不行,太冒险了。
④ These shoes won't do for mountain-climbing.这种鞋爬山不行。
⑤“Will Tuesday do?”“Sure.”“星期二行吗?”“行。”
⑥ Such carelessness will never do.这种粗枝大叶绝对不行。
17.remark一词的用法remark作名词时意为“许诺”、“议论”、“发表的看法”,作可数名词。
① I'll be interested in hearing your remarks on my book.我想听听你对我的书的看法。
② He often made rude remarks about her appearance.他经常对她的外表发表粗鲁的评价。
③ I wish he would stop passing remarks about me.我希望他不要再议论我。
④ The chairman made a few remarks,then introduced the speaker.主席说了几句话,然后介绍了演讲人。
remark作为动词用时,意为“说”、“评论”、“谈论”。
⑤ He remarked that it would soon be summer.他说夏天快到了。
⑥ She remarked that he seemed a very honest man.她说他看上去是个很诚实的人。
⑦ The editor remarked that the poem was beautifully written.编辑评论说这首诗写得很好。
⑧ He remarked that he would be absent next week.他说下星期他不能出席。
remark还有“注意到”、“看到”、“查觉”之意。
⑨ Did you remark his embarrassment?你注意到他的尴尬了吗?
⑩ I remarked the heat the moment I entered the room.我一进屋就觉得热。
⑪ Didn't you remark that he was puzzled?你没注意到他被弄糊涂了吗?
remark on/upon 后接名词类的词表示“谈论”、“议论”。
⑫ Don't remark on her appearance.不要对他品头论足。
⑬ This point has often been remarked upon.这一点人们经常谈论到。
⑭ The variety of styles of building in Shanghai is often remarked uponby visitors.上海多种风格的建筑常常成为来客的谈论内容。
18.look into的两种用法意为“注视着”。
① The policeman looked into the man's eyes trying to find if he was therobber they were trying to catch.警察盯着那个人的眼睛,想断定此人是否是他们一直在追捕的抢劫犯。
② He looked into the mirror on the wall only to find there was mud onhis face.他注视着墙上的镜子结果发现他脸上有些泥。
look into 有“调查”、“检查”之意。
③ The manager promised that he would look into the matter at once.经理答应马上调查此事。
④ Your complaint is being looked into. When we haveanything to re-port,we will write to you again.你的申诉我们正在处理,如有可以奉告之处,当再给你写信。你的申诉我们正在处理,如有可以奉告之处,当再给你写信。
⑤ The president of our club is looking into the problem.我们俱乐部的主席正在调查这一问题。⑥ The committee must look into how to reduce unemployment.委员会必须对如何减少失业人数的问题加以研究。
19.burst into tears 放声大哭burst原意为“胀破”、“爆裂”。
① If you get much fatter,you'll burst your clothes.你要是再长胖就要把衣服都撑破了。
② They burst their sides with laughter.他们笑破了肚皮。
③ The water was unusually high this spring and the river burst itsbanks.今春河水上涨得特别厉害,把河堤都冲垮了。
④ He gave the robber a blow that nearly burst his skull.他给那强盗一记重击,几乎把他的脑壳打得开花。
burst 由原意可引伸出突发性的动作,常构成一些短语。如burstinto,burst out doing sth.,burst with anger等。
⑤ The audience burst into louid laughter.听众大笑起来。
⑥ When I told her the bad news,Helen burst into tears.当我把那则坏消息告诉海伦时,她顿时泪水夺眶而出。
⑦ When I mentioned the incident later to him,he burst out laughing.当我后来向他提及这段小插曲时,他禁不住大笑起来。
⑧ They burst out into song when they heard the news.他们听到这个消息时,高兴得唱起歌来。
⑨ He looked about ready to burst out crying.看上去他憋不住马上就要哭出来了。
⑩ John burst into anger at the mention of his son.别人提到他的儿子时,约翰马上大发雷霆。【注】burst into 和 burst.out 都有“突然···”之意。所不同的是,burstinto后接名词,而burst out后接动名词。
20.envy的词性及用法envy在本课中作动词用,意为“妒忌”、“羡慕”。可用envy sb. forsth.或envy sb.sth.的句型。
① All her friends envied her for her good luck.她的朋友都羡慕她的好运。
② I envy you your health.我羡慕你的健康。
③ We all envy him his knowledge.我们都羡慕他的学问。
④ Better be envied than pitied.宁遭人嫉,莫受人怜。
envy 作名词用时一般为不可数名词,意为“羡慕”。
⑤ They looked at her with envy.他们以羡慕的心情看着他。
⑥ Their envy at my new dress was obvious.他们对我的新衣服的羡慕是很明显的。
⑦ She could not conceal her envy of me.她无法隐藏对我的忌妒。
envy也可以作可数名词用,这时作“令人羡慕的东西或人”解释。
⑧ His new car is the envy of all his friends.他的新汽车是他所有朋友羡慕的东西。
⑨ Her beautiful garden is the envy of her neighbours.她的邻居都羡慕她的美丽的花园。
21.on board作“在(船、飞机、车)上”解,表示状态;亦可表示动作,作“到船、车、飞机上”解释。相当于 on a ship/plane /train 或 onto or into a ship/plane/train。
① There were fifty people on board when the ship sank.那艘船沉没时,船上有五十人。
② We had a pleasant time on board the ship.我们在船上过得很愉快。
③ I didn't leave the station until she got on board the train.我直到她上了火车才离开车站。④ He enjoys life on board the “Queen Anne".他在安妮女王号船上的日子过得很愉快。
⑤ As soon as I'm on board,I always feel sick.我每次上船,总是晕船。
【注】请比较aboard这是一个介词,也可以作副词用,意思相当于onboard。
⑥ It's time to go aboard.该上船(机、车)了。
⑦ The boat is ready to leave.All aboard!船就要开了,请各位上船!
⑧ They went aboard the ship.他们上船了。
22.on the point of 即将···之时,正要···的时候① I was on the point of leaving when it began to rain.我正要离开,天开始下起了雨。
② He was on the point of giving up the maths problem when the teach-er came.他正要放弃这个数学题目时,老师来了。
【注】point作名词用时,可作“点”、“分”、“度”、“端”解释。也可作“观点”、“看法”、“问题”解释,不论作何种解释,都是可数名词。
③ Temperature has gone up two points.温度升了两度。
④ Our football team won the match by one point.我们足球队多一分而赢了这场比赛。
⑤ I find it difficult to judge some of the points you have just raised.我觉得很难判断你所提出的一些观点。
⑥ Do you have a pencil with a sharper point?你有头削得尖一些的铅笔吗?
⑦ I didn't see the point of hislast remark.我不了解他最后一句话的含意。
⑧ There are two or three points in your speech that I didn't under-stand.你所讲的我有两三处不懂。
【注】请注意 point作名词时的一些习惯用法。例如 to the point 意为“中肯”,to the point of 达到能称为···的程度,in point of 以···而论,in point of fact事实上。
⑨ In point of cost,the first plan is the better.谈到费用,第一个计划较好。
⑩ He told you he had seen it,but in point of fact he wasn't really there.他跟你说他曾看见过,但事实上他不在那里。
⑪ Your advice is very much to the point.你的劝告非常中肯。
⑫ Her manner of speaking is direct to the point of rudeness.她说话直率得简直有点粗鲁。
23.take charge 和 in chargetake charge意为“负责”,指管某事或照顾某人,后接of短语,即被管或照顾的对象。
① He offered to take charge of all arrangements.他主动提出来负责安排一切。
② We each take charge of the lessons for three classes.我们每人教三个班的课。
③ Can you take charge of this class please,Miss Green?格林小姐,能不能请你负责这个班?
④ I'll take charge of the whole factory when the director is away nextmonth.下月厂长不在时,全厂由我负责。
【注】take charge(of)与in charge(of)意思相同。但后者是介词短语,需与be连用后作谓语。⑤ Who is in charge here?这儿谁负责?
⑥ I'm in charge of your class so you must do as I tell you.我现在负责管理你们班,所以你们必须听我的吩咐。
in charge 可作定语。
⑦ The man in charge hasn't come yet.负责人还未到。
⑧ The doctor in charge was Tom's mother.负责的医生是汤姆的母亲。
【注】注意 in charge (of)与 in the charge (of)和 in one's charge的区别。
⑨ The place was in the charge of Major Donald,a good-natured fallow.这地方由性情和善的唐纳德少校分管。
⑩ The girl was safely in the charge of a nurse.那女孩由一个保姆在照管,很安全。
⑪ The house has been in my charge now for over a year.这房子由我照管已一年多了。
⑫ This hospital is in her charge until the director comes baok.她负责管理这家医院一直到主任回来。
24.double 一词的用法此处double用作动词,意为“使加倍”。
① In these years,the number of schools more than doubled.在这些年中,学校的数目增加了一倍多。
② Trade between us has almost doubled in the last five years.在过去五年中,我们之间的贸易额几乎增加了一倍。
③ I must double the amount,or it won't be enough.我得把数量增加一倍,不然不够。
④ The price of vegetables have been doubled because of bad weather.由于天气不好,蔬菜的价格上涨一倍。
⑤ The baby doubled its weight in a year.这幼儿的体重一年内增加了一倍。
⑥ This would enable us to double our production of color TV sets.这将使我们把彩电的产量增加一倍。
double也可以作形容词,副词用,意为“两倍”、“成对”。
⑦ My income is now double what it was.我的收入是以前的两倍。
⑧ Now the number of sheep is more than double that of 1980.现在羊的数目是1980年的两倍多。
⑨ Mary and Helen can sleep double tonight and you can have one oftheir beds.今晚玛丽和海伦两人睡在一起,你可以睡她们腾出的床。
⑩ When one drinks too much,sometimes one sees double.酒喝得太多,有时眼睛会看花的。
double 亦可作名词用。
⑪ I paid only £ 2 for this old book and Mr Smith offered me double.我只以两镑购得这本旧书,史密斯先生愿出两倍的价钱。
⑫ I'll have a double(scotch),please.请给我来杯双份威士忌。
25.while 用法小结在本课中,while作连词用,意为“只要”,相当于as long as,引导条件状语从句。
① While there is life there is hope.只要有生命就有希望。
② While you keep it clean,I can lend the book to you.只要你不把书弄脏,我可以借给你。
③ It doesn't mnatter what you do while you are happy.只要你高兴,干什么都行。while 可表示对比关系。
④ Jane was dressed in brown while Mary was in blue.珍妮穿着褐色衣服而玛丽却穿蓝色衣服。⑤ You like sports while I would rather read.你爱体育运动,我爱看书。
⑥ While their country has plenty of oil ours has none.他们国家石油丰富,而我国却没有。
while 表示让步,相当于though或although。
⑦ While I understand what you say,I can't agree with you.虽然你说的我都懂,但我不能同意。
⑧ While I admit that the problems are difficult,I don't agree that theycan't be solved.虽然我承认这些问题很难,我并不同意它们无法解决。
⑨ While they are my neighbours,I do not know them well.尽管他们是我的邻居,我并不太了解他们。
while 引导时间状语从句。需要指出的是主句的谓语动词须用持续性动词。
⑩ Never get on or off the bus while it is moving.汽车在运行时不要上下车。
⑪ He fell asleep while(he was) studying his grammar book.他在阅读语法书的时候睡着了。⑫ She listened closely while he read.他读书时她仔细听着。
26.I will land you safe in Liverpool.第八单元我将让你们在利物浦安全上岸。
land 在这里作动词用,意为“登陆”、“降落”、“到达”,既可以用作及物动词,也可以用作不及物动词。
① The passengers landed as soon as the ship reached harbour.船一抵达港口旅客们就上岸了。
② The ship landed the goods at San Francisco.这船在旧金山卸货。
③ In June 1944,the American troops landed in Normandy.1944年6月,美军在诺曼底登陆。
④ The bird landed on the branch.鸟儿停在树枝上。land亦可作“使处于某种境地”、“使陷入”解释。
⑤ His carelessness often landed him in trouble.他的粗心经常使他陷入困境。
⑥ It is following your advice that has landed us in this diffioulty.就是听了你的意见才使我们陷入这种困境。
⑦ Driving without a license will land you in hospital.无执照驾驶会送你进医院去的。
⑧ That will land him in prison.那会使他入狱。
27.tire sb.out 使某人精疲力尽tire在这里用作及物动词,意为“(使)···疲劳”。
① The long walk tired the kids.走了这么长一段路,孩子们都累了。
② The ceremony was short so as not to tire them.仪式很简短,以免使他们疲劳。
③ The longlecture tired the audience.这长篇演说使听众厌倦。
④ I mustn't tire you too much. If you want anything, just let meknow.我不能使你太累了。如果你要什么,告诉我好了。
tired是过去分词,常用作表语或状词,后面跟from或with引起的短语,表示疲劳的原因。
⑤ He felt tired from arguing.他辩论得累了。
⑥ Tired from my journey,I went to bed early.由于旅途劳累,我很早就睡了。
⑦ I'm very tired with the long walk.走了这么长一段路,我非常累。
be tired of 对···厌烦
⑧ She is never tired of talking about her clever son.她不厌其烦地讲述她那聪明的儿子。⑨ He soon became tired of listening to classical music.古典音乐他不久就听厌了。
⑩ He'll soon get very tired of you.他不久就会讨厌你。
28.读谚语,学非谓语动词
① Reading makes a full man,writing an exact man.读书使人充实,写作使人严谨。
② Teaching others teaches yourself.教学相长。
③ Seeingis believing.百闻不如一见。
④ Knowing is seeing.秀才不出门,全知天下事。⑤ Living without an aim is like sailing without a compass.生活无目标,犹如航海无螺盘。
⑥ An ignorant man is hot in arguing for opinion sake.无知的人进行激烈的争论是为了固执已见。
⑦ A man becomes learned by asking questions.人若多问,才有学问。
⑧ Running water does not get stale; a door hinge is never worm-eaten.流水不腐,户枢不蠹。
⑨ The dripping water can wear out a stone.水滴石穿,绳锯木断。
⑩ A running horse needs no spur.奔马无需再加鞭。
⑪ To ask well is to know much.善问足以益智。⑫ Tochoose time is to save time.(Francis Bacon)选择时间就是节省时间(培根)。
⑬ It is harder to use victory than to get it.赢得胜利虽难,保持胜利更难。
⑭ It is never too late to make amends.亡羊补牢,犹未为晚。
⑮ No man is rich enough to buy back his past.再富的人也买不回自己的过去。
⑯ United, we stand; divided, well fall. 团结则存,分裂则亡。
⑰ Joys shared with others are more enjoyed.与众同乐,其乐无穷。
①-⑦句中的动名词作句子的主语、表语和介词宾语;⑧-⑩句中的现在分词作定语;⑪-⑮句中动词不定式作主语、表语和结果状语;⑯和⑰句中的过去分词作状语和定语。
unit9
1.pain一词的用法pain 意为“疼痛”。
① He's got a pain in the stomach.他胃疼。
② She's crying because she has a pain in her back.她哭是因为她背部疼痛。
③ The old man has pains in the chest.这老人胸部疼痛。
【注】说什么地方疼痛,pain前可加a,也可用复数形式,也可以既不加a,也不用复数形式。如可以说:He has a pain/pains/pain in thechest.他胸部疼痛。pain作“努力”、“辛劳”、“功夫”解释时必须用复数形式。
④ No pains,no gains.不劳者无获。
⑤ He took great pains to please his boss.他竭力下功夫讨好老板。
⑥ You have taken pains to show me how to do the work.你已经下了功夫教我如何干那工作。
⑦ With great pains and much patience,I at last managed to get the in-formation.我花了很大的功夫和耐心,终于得到了这信息。
有关pain的词组有:cause/give sb. pain,feel some/no/not muchpain,take pains to do sth.等。
⑧ It's nothing. You won't feel much pain.没有什么,你不会感到疼痛的。
⑨ Bad teeth often cause pain.病牙常引起疼痛。
⑩ He gave his mother much pain by acting in a foolish way.他行为如此愚蠢,给他妈妈带来很大痛苦。
【注】注意 in pain与 with pain的用法,在这两个词组中,pain前都不用冠词,in pain通常作表语,with pain作状语。
⑪ The soldier was wounded,and in pain.这战士受了伤,很疼。
⑫ The boy was crying with pain after he broke his arm.这孩子跌断了胳膊后疼得哭起来。
⑬ He cut his finger and was in pain.他切伤了手指,很疼。
pain也可作动词用,意为“使心痛(痛苦)”、“使苦恼”。
⑭ It pains me to have to disobey you,but I must.不得不违抗你使我很痛苦,但我必须这样做。
⑮ We are pained to see such wastefulness.我们看到这种浪费现象很痛心。
⑯ She looked pained when I refused to help.当我拒绝帮助她时,她显得很痛苦。
⑰ Doesn't your laziness pain your parents?你的懒惰不会使你父母难过吗?
2.knock及knock 短语knock into sb./sth.意思是“撞到某人身上或某一物体上”。
① He walked along the road in the dark and knocked into a tree.昨天晚上,他们在黑暗中沿着路走,撞着了一棵树。
② The boy was running in such a hurry that he knocked into one personafter another in the crowd.那孩子跑得非常急促,在人群中东撞西碰。③ Jim was in such a hurry that he almost knocked into me.吉姆如此匆忙,差点撞到我身上。
knock about/around 到处流浪,冲击,粗暴对待。④ I wish they would stop knocking their children about.我希望他们不再虐待他们的孩子。
⑤ If that man goes on knocking about his wife he'll be sent to prison.此人如继续虐待其妻是会坐牢的。
⑥ He has knocked about Europe a good deal so he can speak several lan-guages.他的足迹遍布欧洲,所以他能说好几种语言。
⑦ The ship has been knocked about by the storm.船受到暴风雨的冲击。
knock down 使降价、拆掉、撞倒。
⑧ With one blow,he knocked the robber down.他一拳就把强盗打倒在地。
⑨ These old buildings will sooner or later be knocked down.这些老房子迟早得拆掉。
⑩ He wanted fifty dollars,but the housewife managed to knock himdown ten percent.他要价50元,但那个家庭主妇设法使他减价10%。
⑪ Oh,Mr Brown,I almost knocked you down.啊,布朗先生,我差点把你撞倒了。
knock off 削(价)、停工、磕掉(烟灰)
⑫ When they knocked off,she fetched them food and water.他们休息时,她给他们送来了饭和水。
⑬ It's time to knock off.该下班了。
⑭ They knocked off ten dollars from the price.他们把价格削减了十美元。
⑮ He knocked the ash off his pipe and went on.他把烟灰磕掉,继续往下说。
⑯ One of Tom's teeth was knocked out when he fell off his bike.汤姆从自行车上摔下来时碰掉了一颗牙。
⑰ A NATO helicopter was knocked down yesterday.一架北约直升机昨天被击落。
⑱ The unexpected news has quite knocked me out.这个出乎意料的新闻真使我吃了一惊。⑲ After two glasses of wine,I had to lie down. It had knocked me out.喝了两杯酒以后,我不得不躺下。这种酒使我醉倒了。
knock up(使)筋疲力尽、赶造、敲门、叫醒。
⑳ He sent his son to knock up a drug store and get some medicine.他叫他儿子去敲开一家药店的门买一点药。
21 Please don't try to dig up the whole garden in one day;you'll knockyourself up.不要试图在一天之内把整个园子都挖好,那样你要累坏的。22 In half an hour they knocked off the meal.他们花了半小时就做好了一顿饭。
23 I'm no woodworker,but I can knock up a bookshelf when necessary.我不是木工,但必要时我也能凑合做出一个书架来。
3.动词 ache的用法动词ache 常用来表示身体某一部分疼痛。
① My legs ache.我腿疼。
② I've got a fever and my bones ache.我发烧骨头疼痛。
③ He was wounded in the battle and was aching all over.第九单元他在战斗中负了伤,浑身上下疼痛。
【注】ache可以和某些词构成名词,如 headache,toothache,earache,stomach-ache,back-ache。这种词可以用作可数名词,也可用作不可数名词。在英国英语中,通常用作不可数名词,既不用冠词,也不用复数。
④ I've had stomach-ache three times this month.这个月我的胃痛过三次了。
⑤ The boy is always having toothache.这孩子老是牙痛。
【注】在美国英语中,具体的一次疼痛叫做 a toothaohe, a headache,astomachache等。
4.fall over的用法及其他fall over 意为“跌跤”。
① In the darkness he stepped on a banana shin and fell over.黑暗中他踩在一块香蕉皮上滑了跤。
② The boy walked on the muddy road and fell over several times.这孩子走在泥泞的路上,摔了好几跤。
③ The driver pushed on through the snow.Then he began to fall over hisown feet.司机在大雪中艰难地行进,然后开始踉跄地摔起跟头来。
④“Don't walk on the ice. You'll fall over."said Grannry to Tom.奶奶对汤姆说:“不要在冰上走,你会摔跤的。
”fall behind作“落后于···”、“到时付不出(钱)、晚交”解。
⑤ You should study harder or you'll fall behind others.你应该学习更努力一些,否则会掉在别人后面。
⑥ She fell behind when we were climbing the mountain.我们爬山时,她掉队了。
⑦ My uncle fell behind with his payments for the house and had to bor-row money.我叔叔到期付不出买房子的款,只好借了债。
⑧ Again he fell behind his rent.他的房租又拖欠了。fall in塌陷,(使)站队、集合。
⑨ The roof of the burning house fell in with a crash.着火房子的屋顶哗啦一声塌下来。
⑩ The roof of the new tunnel hasn't been properly supported;it showssigns of falling in新遂道的顶支撑得不好,已显出坍塌的迹象。
⑪ The captain ordered his men to fall in at once.上尉命令他的士兵立即集合。
⑫ At two o'clock,the soldiers fell in.两点钟战士们集合了。
fall into表示进入某种状态,作“分成”解。
⑬ Don't fall into the trap.不要上他们的圈套。⑭ Words which fall into disuse may sometimes be received with a newmeaning.已经废弃不用的词有时会以新的词又出现。
⑮ The islands fall into three large groups.这些岛屿可分为三大群。
⑯ The novel falls into eight parts.这部小说分成八个部分。
fall into the habit of.养成···的习惯。
⑰ He has fallen into the habit of visiting the bookstore every Sunday.他已养成了每星期天去书店的习惯。
⑱ The young man has fallen into the habit of smoking and drinking-这年轻人已养成了抽烟喝酒的习惯。
fall on/upon落(到)、轮(到)。
⑲ His eyes fell upon a thick book on the table.他的目光落在桌上一本厚厚的书上。
⑳ When anything goes wrong,the blame usually falls on his youngerbrother.只要有了差错,一般都责备他弟弟。
5.And so on and so on.就这样反复进行。and so on 意为“等等”,通常用在列举事物之后,本课中重复讲两次,意为“反复循环”,相当于 repeatedly,again and again,over and over。
① At school,boys and girls study politics,languages, maths,history,ge-ography and so on.在学校里,学生们学习政治、语文、数学、历史、地理等等。
② On Monday morning, we read Chinese and on Tuesday morning,weread English and so on and so on.星期一早晨我们读语文,星期二早晨读英语,如此循环往复。
③ He is interested in a lot of things,such as swimming,collecting ancientcoins,pop music and so on.他对很多事感兴趣,例如游泳、收集古钱币、流行音乐等。
④ We listen to the recording,try to imitate the pronunciation and intona-tion and make dialogues among ourselves and so on and so on.That'sthe way we learn spoken English.我们听录音,尽力模仿语音语调,然后自己编对话,如此循环往复,这就是我们学习英语口语的方法。
⑤ Every morning Mother goes to the market to buy vegetables, meat,fish and so on.每天早晨母亲去市场买蔬菜,肉鱼等等副食品。
⑥ Life is exactly the same for middle school students.In the morningthey have four classes,in the afternoon another four classes and in theevening three hours for self-study and so on and so on.中学生的生活是一成不变的,上午四节课,下午又四节课,晚上三个小时的自修,如此循环往复。
6.There are also records of gymnastics being performed in China and someother Asian countries.中国及亚洲的其他一些国家也有体操表演的记载。
本句中being performed是现在分词的被动语态形式作定语,一般放在被修饰名词之后,与谓语动词所表示的动作同时发生或此时此刻正在进行。① He asked who was the man being operated on?他问这时给动手术的人是谁?
② The prices of the computers being shown in the exhibition this yearare lower than last year.今年在展览会上展出的计算机价格比去年低。
③ This is one of the experiments being carried on in our laboratory.这是我们实验室里正在进行的实验之一。
④ The bridge being built will be completed by the end of this year.正在建造的那座桥将在年底完工。分词的被动式也可以作宾语补足语。
⑤ Do you know the problem being talked over every where?你是否知道这个问题到处都在谈论?
⑥ The boy was afraidof being scolded by his mother.这孩子害怕被他母亲责备。
⑦ With the dam built,they successfully put an end to the danger of cropsbeing washed away by floods.随着大坝的建成,他们成功地克服了庄稼被洪水冲走的危险。
⑧ As we came near the village,we saw new houses being built.走进村子时,我们看到正在盖新房。
分词的被动式也可以作状语。
⑨ These are sold at reduced prices,the defects always being pointed outo the customers.这些都减价出售,毛病都向顾客指出。
⑩ Beingasked to sing an English song,she couldn't very well refuse.有人请她唱一支英语歌,她不好拒绝。
上面讲的都是现在分词的一般式。现在分词的被动式及完成式,发生或完成于谓语动词的动作之前,但只能作状语,不能作其他成分。
⑪ Having been praised by the teacher,the boy was very happy.受到老师表扬后,这孩子非常高兴。
⑫ Having been given such a good chance,how could she letit slip away人家给她这么个好机会,她怎么会轻易放过。
【注】需要指出的是,动名词也有被动式,但一般多作主语,宾语,这一点与分词的被动式不同。
⑬ This question is far from being settled.这个问题还没有解决。
⑭ He came to the party without being invited.他未受邀请就到聚会上来了。
⑮ The noise of desks being opened and closed could be heard out in thstreet.课桌开关的响声在街上也能听见。
⑯ His being looked down upon by the teacher added to his uneasiness.被老师看不起更使他不舒服。
7.prepare sb. for 和 prepare sb. to doprepare sb.for 表示“使某人对···进行准备”
① You should prepare the children for the examination.你应使孩子们对考试有思想准备。② He prepared himself for defeat.他使自已对失败有准备。
③ Prepare yourself for a shock.准备好,听一个使你震惊的消息。
④ We have to prepare the students for that work step by step.我们要为学生进行这项工作一步步做好准备。
也可以用prepare sb.to do sth.表示“使某人对做某事进行准备”。
⑤ This university prepares students to become interpreters.这所大学培养学生当翻译。
⑥ The nurse is preparing the child to go on a journey.保姆正在为孩子出去旅游作准备。
⑦ Jack is preparing himself to sit for the examination for Harvard.杰克正在为哈佛大学的入学考试作准备。
⑧ We'd better tell her what we've heard.It will prepare her to get readyfor the worst.我们最好把听到的告诉她,使她为最坏的情况作好准备。【注】prepare to do sth. 和 be prepared to do sth.这两种用法有所不同,前者着重动作,意为“为某事作准备”。后者是系表结构,着重状态,表示“已准备好做某事”。请仔细阅读下面的例句,体会这两种表达方法的差异。
⑨ Mother is preparing us a meal.母亲正在给我们做饭。
⑩ We are prepared against their attack.我们作好了应付他们进攻的准备。
⑪ The teachers are preparing lessons for students.老师们正在为学生准备功课。
⑫ These men are prepared to risk their lives.这些人作好了冒生命危险的准备。
⑬ The foreign teachers are busy preparing to go on holiday.外籍教师正忙着准备休假。
⑭ They were prepared to pay the price.他们准备付出这个代价。
【注】be prepared 也可以跟against短语,表示“对···作好准备”。
⑮ We must be prepared against natural disaster.我们应准备抵御自然灾害。
⑯ We are fully prepared against any aggression.我们对任何侵略都作好了充分的准备。
【注】prepare后的against有“抵御”、“排拆”、“与···作斗争”之意,而for则无此意。
8.In competitions women perform some of their exercises to the music.在竞赛中,女子随着音乐的节奏表演体操。to在这里作“伴随”、“随着”解释。
① The little girl began to dance to the music.这小女孩随着音乐的节奏跳起舞来。
② In the English evening,we sang and danced to the piano.在英语晚会上,我们随着钢琴的节奏唱歌跳舞。
③ The boy didn't sing to the music. Instead,he sang his own way.这男孩不照音乐的节奏唱,而是自行其是。
④ A group of soldiers were drilling to the order.一队战士按照口令进行操练。
9.require 一词的用法require 意为“需要”、“要求”、“命令”,后面可接名词、不定式、动名词复合宾语、宾语从句等,现分述于下。接名词或代词。
① This patient requires special attention of the nurses.这位病人需要特别护理。
② Their suggestion requires careful thought.这建议需要考虑。
③ We'll let you know if we require further help.如果我们再需要你帮助时,我们会告诉你的。
④ Is there anything else that you require?你还需要别的什么吗?接动词不定式作宾补。
⑤ They required him to keep it a secret.他们要求他对这事保密。
⑥ He did this of his own accord. The factory didn't require him to dothis.他这样做是出于自愿,工厂并没有要求他这样做。
【注】在被动语态中,跟不定式作主语补足语。
⑦ You are required to read this book carefully.要求你认真阅读这本书。
⑧ You are not required to read it from cover to cover.并不要求你从头读到尾。
【注】require后若接动名词一般式,表示主语与动名词之间在逻辑上存在着被动关系,相当于不定式的被动式。
⑨ He will require looking after/to be looked after.他需要照料。
⑩ The window requires mending/to be mended.这个窗户需要修理。
⑪ This book requires considerable rewritingin parts.这书有些部分需要作相当大的修改。
⑫ Your classroom requires cleaning/to be cleaned.你们的教室需打扫。
若跟宾语从句,从句中的谓语动词须用虚拟语气,其形式是(should)+动词原形。
⑬ The rule required that all the clerks should arrive at the office by eighto'clock.规定要求全体职员在八点以前到办公室。
⑭ The teacher required that each of the students reply quickly.老师要求每个学生都能正确回答。
⑮ The boss required that all the workers work all night.老板要求所有的工人干一个通宵。
⑯ The situation there requires that I be present.那里的情况需要我到场。
【注】require所讲的要求是指按照权利提出的“要求”,或因事物固有的性质而迫切需要;demand含有“说话人自恃权威断然提出要求,要对方断然服从”之意。试比较下列句子:
⑰ The company requires the drivers to keep to schedule.公司要求司机正点行车。
⑱ He demands that I tell him everything,他要求什么事情都得让他知道。
⑲ His health requires that he should take a good rest.他的身体状况需要他好好休息。
⑳ The policeman demanded his name and address.警察要他说出姓名和住址。
10.从 while training 谈起在时间、条件、让步等状语从句中,如果从句的主语与主句的主语一致,常可省去主语或谓语的一部分,用“连词+分词短语来表示。”
① While wondering about alI this,he discovered that his teacher wasmore serious than ever.当他对这一切正感到纳闷时,他发现老师的脸色比以往严肃得多。
② When completed,this railway will link many industrial oities to a sea-port.这条铁路建成后,将把许多工业城市和一个海港联接起来。
③ Mark Twain learned to read while working on a steamboat.马克·吐温在一艘轮船上工作时,学着读书。
④ Though defeated,he didn't lose heart.尽管被击败了,他没丧失信心。
⑤ Although talking with her for a long time,he failed to persuade her尽管和她谈了半天,但他没能说服他。
⑥ Even if invited,I won't go.即使受到邀请,我也不去。
⑦ He spoke roughly,as if annoyed.他说话粗暴,似乎很生气。
⑧ Young people should go and work wherever needed.年轻人应该到任何需要他们的地方去工作。
⑨ If arriving by plane,please ring me up first.如果乘飞机来,请先给我打个电话。
⑩ She moved her lips as if trying to speak.她动动嘴唇,好象要说话的样子。
【注】有时我们也可见到“连词+形容词/介词短语等”结构。
⑪ You should learn more while young.趁年轻你应该多学点知识。
⑫ While in London, Marx spent a lot of time in the British Museum.马克思在伦敦的时候,在英国博物馆度过了很多时间。
11.in all,at all,after all 和 for allin all 总共
① How many people were there in all at the party?出席聚会的共有多少人?
② Della had $1.87 left in all.德拉共计只剩下1.87美元。
③“How many English novels have you read?"“Fourteen in all.”“你读过多少英文小说?”“一共十四部。”
at all 用于否定句,意为“根本不”,加强否定语气。④ There was nothing to worry about at all.一点儿也没有什么可担扰的。
⑤ They aren't at all the kind of books I care to read.那些完全不是我喜欢读的那种书。
⑥ He wasn't at all tired.他根本不累。
【注】at all也可用于疑问句或条件句,意为“究竟”、“到底”。
⑦ If you do it at all,do it well.如果你真的做这件事,就把它做好。
⑧ He thought himself lucky if he had home at all.他认为如果他真的有个家他是算幸运的。
⑨ Are you going to do it at all?你真的准备做这事?
【注】at all也可用在肯定句中,意为“真的”、“竟然”。
⑩ I'm surprised you came at all.你竟然来了,我很吃惊。
⑪ It's most kind of you to receive me at all.非常感谢,你真的接待了我。
after all 毕竟、到底
⑫ Don't get discouraged by failure,we are new to the work after all.别因失败而灰心,这工作对我们来说毕竟还是新的。
⑬ Of course,he is naughty,but after all,he is your brother.当然,他很淘气,但他毕竟是你的弟弟呀。
⑭ So you did come after all.这么说你到底还是来了。
for all 尽管
⑮ For all his wealth,he was not happy.尽管他很有钱,他并不快乐。
⑯ They could not open the box for all their efforts.尽管费尽力气,他们还是打不开盒子。above all 首先、最重要的
⑰ Above all I want to know how to do it.最重要的是我想知道怎样做这件事。
⑱ A teacher,above all,should know how to deal with the problems tak-ing place in class correctly.一个教师首先应知道怎样处理课堂上发生的问题。
12.glanceglance作“匆匆一瞥”解,
相当于give a rapidI look。
① She glanced shyly at him from behind her fan.她羞涩地从她扇子后面向他看了一眼。
② I glanced round the room before I left.我略略地向房间环视一下才离开。
③ She glanced down the list of the names.她由上至下略略地看了一下名单。
④ Mr Smith glanced at the newspaper headlines and went out of the of-fice.史密斯先生看了一下报纸的大标题,然后走出了办公室。【注】glance可引申为“约略提到”、“简略谈到”之意。
⑤ In his book he only glances at the difficulties of the new governmentbefore passing on to the history of the country.在他的书中,他只简略地提到新政府面临的困境就往下谈这个国家的历史。
⑥ They glanced over the subject and went on to check the machine.他们只简单地谈了一下这个话题,接着就检查机器。
13.The first thing she did was go up to her trainer...她做的第一件事就是向教练走去···。
本句中不定式go up跟在was之后作表语,但已省去了to。一般说时,不定式作表语是不能省去to的,但用来解释do的精确意思时,可以用不带to的动词不定式。以本句为例。主句的主语有定语从句she did 来修饰,后面的不定式解释动词did的确切意思,故省去to,请看下列例句:
① I'm very tired. What I want to do is (to) lie down and have a goodrest.我很累,我现在想要做的就是躺下来好好休息。
② All a teacher should do is (to) give students advice on how to study.一个老师应该做的就是教学生怎样学习。
③ All I did was (to) lend him some money so that he could get out ofthe trouble.我所能做的就是借给他一些钱以便他能摆脱困境。
④ What a grammar book does is (to) help students make correct sen-tences.语法书的作用就是帮助学生正确造句。
14.复习主谓一致**
unit10
1.turn up的几种用法turn up 在本课中作“露面”、“出现”解释。
① Guess who turned up at Peter's wedding?猜一猜谁在彼得的婚礼上露面了?
② Don't worry,that lost paper will turn up somewhere.别着急,那件丢失的文件会在什么地方出现的。
③ It's no good waitingfor something to turn up,you have to take action.等待出现转机是不行的,你得采取行动。
④ The missing boy turned up an hour later.一小时后,那个丢失的男孩被找到了。
⑤ I was expecting him at ten,but he didn't turn up.我指望他十点来,他却没来。
⑥ For some reason she didn't turn up.由于某种原因,她没有来。
turn up有多种意思,常见有“旋大(灯火、煤气)”、“开大(收音机、电视机)音量”。
⑦ Turn up the radio so that I can hear it better.把收音机开大些,让我听得清楚一些。
⑧ She drew the curtain close and turned up the lamp.她把窗帘拉上,把灯拨亮了一些。
⑨ Please turn up the gas a little,I want to go on reading.请把煤气灯开大一点,我想继续看书。
turn up还有“发生(情况)”、“(财政、商业)好转、上升”之意
⑩ I'll meet you on Friday unless anything special turns up.-我星期五和你见面,除非发生特殊情况。
⑪ The pound seems to be turning up at last.似乎英镑终于出现上升的趋势。
⑫ We don't know what may turn up tomorrow.我们不知道明天会发生什么情况。
2.Something may have happened to her.也许她出了什么事。
happen to sb.意为“某人出了什么事”。
① What finally happened to the boy?这男孩最后怎样了?
② If anything should happened to him,that would be too bad.万一他要发生什么事就糟了。③ What has happened to your arm?你的胳膊怎么了?
④ I don't see your TV set. What's happened to it?我没看到你的电视机,到哪儿去了?
may+完成式表示对过去某事可能性的推测,如用might+完成式,在语气上更增加了不确定的成份。
⑤ You may have read about it in the papers.你可能在报上已经读到这件事了。
⑥ She may have gone to the clinic.她或许是到医务室去了。
【注】might+完成式可用来表示婉转的批评。
⑦ You might have made greater progress.你的进步是可以更大一些的。
⑧ You might at least have answered my letter.你至少可以回我一封信嘛。
【注】could+完成式也可以表示这种意思。
⑨ You could have been more thoughtful.你本来可以考虑更周到些的。
3.since 用法小结since在本课中作副词,表示从过去某时起至现在的这一段时间,后面不跟具体的时间点,该时间点一般在上文有过交代。
① He came to the university three years ago and has studied there eversince.三年以前他进了这所大学从那时以来一直在那儿学习。
②ce从那以后,我就没有见过他。
③ He left home in 1950 and has not been heard of since.他在1950年离家,以后即无音讯。④ The town was destroyed by an earthquake ten years ago and has since.been rebuilt.这小城在10年前被地震所毁,后来曾予以重建。
since 作介词用时,后接名词、代词或动名词,谓语动词用完成时态。
⑤ She hasn't been home since her marriage.她从结婚后就没有回过家。
⑥ Since last seeing you I have been ill.上次看到你以后我就病了。
since作连词用时,后接表示起点时间的状语从句,从句谓语用一般过去时,主句谓语用现在完成时。⑦ Where have you been since I last saw you?自从上次我和你见面以后,你到哪里去了?
⑧ How long have you stayed here since you came.自从你来这儿以来,你呆了多久了?
【注】在Itis+一般时间+since从句中,主句谓语动词be不用完成时,而用一般式。
⑨ It is just a week since we arrived here.我们到达这里刚好有一星期。
⑩ How long is it since you arrived in London?你在伦敦有多久了?
4.It's not like her to have missed two days of classes.误了两天的课,她可不像这样的人。
It's (just) like sb.to do sth.意为“某人(恰恰)就是这样”。既可表示赞扬,也可表示某种不满。
① It is just like her to finish work ahead of time.她就是这样的人,总是提前完成工作。
② It is just like him to be ready to help others.他就是这样的人,乐意助人。
③ It's just like her to be always polite to others even if she is very angry.她就是这样的人,总是对人彬彬有礼,即使是在很生气的时候。
④ It's just like him to think of others before thinking of himself.他就是这样的,先想到别人,然后再想到自己。
【注】本句型如用否定式,则表示怀疑。
⑤ It's not like him to leave today's work until tomorrow.他可不是那种把今天的工作留到明天的人。
⑥ It isn't like him to have said anything like that.他可不是说出那种话的人。
⑦ It's not like him to have stolen an old woman's wallet.他可不是那种偷老年人钱包的人。
⑧ It's not like her to have cheated in exam.她可不是那种在考试中作弊的人。
5.将来完成时的意义和用法将来完成时表示到将来某个时间已完成的动作。
① When we get there,they'll probably have left.我们到那里时他们可能已经走了。
② By this time next year we'll have turned all the land into rice fields.到明年这个时候所有的土地都会改成稻田。
③ How long will you have been here by the end of this year?到今年年底你在这儿呆多久了。
④ He will not have forgotten me.他不会忘记我的。
【注】将来完成时也可用来表示一种揣测:
⑤ They will have arrived in Shanghai by now.这时候他们可能已经到了上海了。
⑥ We worked together for two years.He won't have forgotten me.我们在一起工作过两年,他大概不会不记得我。
6.pick up的几种用法pick up意为“获得”。
① I picked up a very interesting book the other day.前几天我得到一本很有趣的书。
② Can you tell me where I could pick up a good used car?你能告诉我什么地方可以搞到一辆良好的旧汽车?
③ He picked up news from all sources.他从各种来源获得消息。
pick up的原意是“拾起”、“爬起”。
④ She picked up the telephone on her desk and began to dial.她拿起桌上的电话开始拨号。⑤ The liitle girl picked herself up and went on playing.那小女孩自己爬起来继续玩。
⑥ After he fell off his horse,he picked himself up and said that he wasn'thurt.他从马上摔下后,爬起来说他没有受伤。
pick up有“收听到”、“看到”、“测知”之意。
⑦ Our radio picked up your SOS.我们的无线电收到了你们的呼救讯号。
⑧ State police picked up the bandit's trail.州警方面探到了匪徒的踪迹。
9.When he picked up a lighthouse on the hilltop,he knew he was not faraway from his home.当他看到山顶上的灯塔时,他知道他离家不远了。
pick up 有“偶然、无意地学会语言或获得消息等”之意。
⑩ Young children soon picked up words they hear their elders use.小孩子很快就学会了他们听到大人们讲的那些话。
⑪ Where did you pick up your technical skill?你的技术是在哪儿学的?
⑫ He never studied French; what he knows was picked up while living inParis.他没有专门学过法语,他会的那点法语是住在巴黎时学到的。
pick up 有“(顺便)买”、“(顺便)用车接”之意。
⑬ I'll pick you up at your office.我到办公室来接你。
⑭ He picked up some cakes and sweets in a shop on his way home.在回家途中,他顺便在一家商店里买了些糕饼和糖果。
⑮ An ambulance was sent to pick up the wounded soldiers.派了一辆救护车去接伤员。
⑯ He picked up two students along the highway and dropped them off atOxford.他在公路上让两名学生搭车到牛津下车。
pick up 还可以作“(身体)康复”、“(生意、气候)好转”解释。
⑰ His spirits picked up as he came near home.快到家时他的精神振作起来了。
⑱ It looks as though the weather may pick up very soon.看起来天气好象很快就会转晴。
⑲ Tourist travel to Australia is again picking up.到澳大利亚旅游的人开始多起来了。
⑳ She was ill forsome time,but she is now pioking up.她病了一阵子,不过现在正在恢复。pick up sb.可解释为“偶然结识”。
21 You may be able to pick up a girl at the dance.舞会上你也许还能结识一位姑娘。
22 She picked up an acquaintance with a young man on the train.她在火车上结识了一位年轻人。
pick up speed 意为“加速”。
23.The speed of the car began to pick up.汽车速度开始加快。
24 After a mile out of the station,the train began to pick up speed.火车出站约一英里后开始加速了。
pick up 亦可解释为“重提”、“重新找到”。
25 They met after five years,and picked up their friendship as if therehad been no interruption.五年以后他们又见面了,并且恢复了他们的友谊,就像从来没有中断似的。
26 After the interruption, we picked up where we had left off.被打断以后,我们又从原先停顿的地方继续下去。
7.as though/as if引导的状语从句as though或as if引导方式状语从句,意为“好象”,在这种状语从句中,常用虚拟语气,具体用法是,当从句所述的情况与现在事实相反时,用过去式;与过去事实相反时,用过去完成式。
① He talked about Paris as if he had been there.他谈起巴黎来好像他去过那里。
② He looks as though he were a football player.他看上去好像是足球运动员。
③ The room looks as if it had been empty for years.这房间看上去好几年没人住了。
④ It seems as if it were spring already.现在仿佛已经是春天了。
⑤ I remember the whole thing as if it happened yesterday.这一切我记忆犹新,就象是昨天发生的事似的。
⑥ He spoketo me as if he were an expert.他对我讲起话来好象是个专家似的。
【注】as if(though)从句的动词动作后于主句动词动作时用 would+动词原形。
⑦ It seems as if it would rain.天似乎要下雨了。8.What was the name of the hotel he had stayed in the last time he was inCairo?他上次在开罗时住的那家饭店叫什么?
the last time he was in Cairo 可以看作为一个时间状语从句,时间状语从句除了由when,before等连词引导外,像 each time,every time,themoment,the last time等也可以看作一个连词引导时间状语从句。
① Every time he came to Shanghai,he would pay a visit to her.每次他来上海,总要去拜访她。② He left a deep impression on me the first time I met him.我第一次见到她,就给我留下了很深的印象。
③ Be sure to call on us next time you come here.下次来这儿请一定来找我们。
④ Every time I catch a cold,I have pain in my back.我每回感冒背就疼。
⑤ You'll be struck by her beauty the moment you see her.你一见到她,就会被她的美所打动。⑥ I made quite a few friends the last time I stayed in Shanghai.上次我在上海时交了不少朋友。
【注】时间状语从句可以由 instantly,directly,immediately 等词引导。
⑦ The machine will start instantly you press the button.你一按电钮机器就会开动。
⑧ Directly he began to sing stormy applause broke forth.他刚开始唱就爆发出暴风雨的掌声。⑨ He rushed out of the room immediately he heard the cry for help.他一听到呼救声就冲出屋子。
⑩ A shower of rain poured in instantly I opened the door.我一打开门,一阵大雨就扑了进来。
9.in a flash意为“一瞬间”、“突然间”,相当于at once,instantly
① The tall tree was struck by lightening.All this happened in a flash.这棵大树被雷电击中,这一切都发生在一瞬间。
② In a flash I realized the man was Tom,my classmate in the middleschool twenty years before.突然,我想起了这个人就是汤姆,20年前我在中学的同班同学。
③ A new idea came into my mind in a flash.突然我想到了一个新的主意。
④ The car hit a tree and turned over.It al happened in a flash. As theresult,the driver and two other persons were seriously wounded.汽车撞在树上,翻了过来,这一切都发生在瞬间,结果司机和另外两个人严重受伤。
10.动词form的用法在本课中,form意为“形成”、“构成”。
① Such ideas gradually formed in his mind.第十单元这些看法逐渐在他头脑里形成。
② Hydrogen and oxygen form water.氢和氧结合成水。
③ Ice forms at the temperature of 0℃.冰是在摄氏零度时结成的。
④ Water forms almost three fourths of the human body.人体约四分之三都是水。
⑤ The words would not form on her lipe.她说不出话来。
⑥ The crowd formed a circle round the speaker.人们在演讲者周围形成一个圆圈。form有“养成”、“想出”、“作出”之意。
⑦ The old man has formed the habit of getting up early every morning.这老人已经养成了每天早晨早起的习惯。
⑧ He read everything he could get hold of and formed his ownconclusions.他查阅了他能搞到的一本资料,然后作出自己的结论。
⑨ His character was formed at school.他的性格是在学校里养成的。
⑩ He,too, formed the habit of taking notes while reading.他也养成了读书记笔记的习惯。form还有“组织”、“成立”之意。
⑪ She can't ever form a correct sentence in English.他甚至不会用英语组成正确的句子。
⑫ That country will never have peace until a strong government isformed.那个国家在建立强有力的政府之前永远不会有安宁。
⑬ They were not permitted to form trade unions.当局不允许他们成立工会。
⑭ A number of students who are interested in poetry have formed a po-etry group.一些对诗歌感兴趣的学生组成了一个诗歌小组。
11.hold out的几种用法hold out 在本课中作“伸出”解释。
① They were ready to hold out a friendly hand.他们准备伸出友谊之手。
② She held out both her hands and welcomed him.她伸出双手欢迎他。
③ He held out his hand and pulled the little boy out of water.他伸出手把那小孩从水里拉出来。
hold out 可作“坚持”、“维持”解释。
④ I'll stay in Mexicoas long as my money holds out.只要我的钱还能维持一天,我就在墨西哥呆一天。
⑤ How long will our food supplies hold out?我们储存的粮食还能维持多久?
⑥ Are you tired? Can you hold out any longer?你累吗?还能坚持会儿吗?
⑦ I hope this good weather will hold out for another week.我希望这好天气能再持续一个月。
⑧ We must hold out. We mustn't be frightened by the difficulties.我们必须坚持下去,决不能被困难吓倒。
hold out 亦可作“提出”、“提供”解释。
⑨ The doctor did not hold out much hope of the patient's recovery.医生帮助病人恢复的希望甚微。
⑩ I don't hold out much hope that our traffic troubles will improve.我认为我们的交通不便没有多少改善的希望。
⑪ Those were the promises they held out.这就是他们提出的诺言。
⑫ Though they made an investigation into the matter,they didn't holdout any proofs.尽管他们对此事进行了调查,但没有提供任何证据。
12.He appeared calm,but inside his heart was beating wildly with fear.他显得很平静,但内心却害怕得跳个不停。appear此处为连系动词,意为“看起来”、“似乎”、“显得”。这是视觉给人的一种直觉和看法,往往有与实际不符之意。
① The house appeared in good condition.这房子好像保养得不错。
② He appears (to be)an honest man.他看起来像个诚实的人。
③ You don't want to appear a fool,do you?你不想被人看成是个笨蛋,是不是?
④ It appears to me that he is quite well again.他的症似乎已经好了。
⑤ It appears to me that you are all mistaken.我感到你完全错了。
⑥ He tried to appear at his ease.他装出安然自若的样子。
【注】appear作上述解释时,后接形容词,介词短语,不定式或从句。appear的意思与seem不同;seem也有“似乎”之意,对某事物的判断虽不肯定或有怀疑之意,但还是有一定的根据,真实的可能性比 appear要大。
⑦ The small town did not seem to have changed.小城似乎没有改变。
⑧ We seemed to have heard of the name.我们似乎听见过那名字。
⑨ Something seemed to be wrong with the radio.收音机似乎有点毛病。
⑩ We seem to be able to finish our homework by ten.我们似乎可在10点前做完作业。
⑪ It seems as if there is going to be a heavy snow.似乎将有一场大雪。
⑫ It seems probable that he will be sent abroad next year.他似乎有可能明年被派出国。另外,look作连系动词时也有“看起来”、“好像”之意,但比起ap-pear来,含有较多真实性的意味。
⑬ She looked a bit nervous.看来她有些紧张。⑭ You are not looking well.What's wrong?你气色不大好,怎么啦?
⑮ Judging by her letter,she looks to be the best person for the job.从她的信判断,她好象是干这个工作的最佳人选。
⑯ He lookedten years older than he was.他显得比他实际年龄要大10岁。
本句中的with表示原因,相当于because of 一般多用在表示人的感情或感觉的动词,形容词之后,请看下列例句中的 with:
⑰ He was shivering with cold.他冷得发抖。⑱ Her eyes shone with pleasure.她高兴得两眼放光。
⑲ They were wild with joy at the news.他们听到这个消息欣喜若狂。
⑳ The two man were satisfied with what the Arab said.这两个人对阿拉伯人说的话很满意。
13.He might be attacked and have his case stolen from him.他可能遭到袭击,提箱也可能被盗。
再谈 have sth.done.我们都知道
have sth.done是“让别人做某事”之意,这里宾语与宾补之间是被动关系。
动作的执行者一般不表示出来,但本句中并不是主语有意让别人偷他的箱子,而是表示“遭遇某事”。请阅读下面例句,体会其含义。
① She had her watch stolen.她的表给人偷了。② Tom had his hands burned.汤姆的手被烫了。
③ He had his legs injured trying to save a boy from a cave.他为从山洞里救一个男孩,自己的腿受了伤。
have sth.done 表示“让别人做某事”,主语自己不参加。
④ You'd better have your chest X-rayed.你最好透视一下胸部。
⑤ We must have this note sent to them right today.我们今天就得派人把这个照会送交他们。⑥ Mrs Smith intended to have her son educated in China.史密斯夫人打算让她的儿子到中国来念书。
have sth.done 表示完成或解决某事,主语也可能参加。
⑦ In that year he had ten thousand yuan saved.那年他积蓄了一万元钱。
⑧ We thought he had had everything fixed up.我们还以为他把一切都安排好了呢?
⑨ We should have the work finished before the end of this week.我们应该在本周末前把这工作完成。
14.break off的两种用法break off 在本课中作“折断”解释。
① The mast had broken off at the base and lay over the side of theboat.桅杆自根部折断,倒在船边。
② The boy broke off a piece of chocolate and offered it to me.他掰了一块巧克力给我吃。
③ He broke off the chopsticks and left the party without saying any-thing.他折断了筷子一句话也没说就离开了宴会。
④ The boy broke off a branch from a tree and ran after a cat.这孩子折下一根树枝追赶一只猫。
break off 可作“中断”、“突然停止”解释。
⑤ He said he had no intontion of breaking off relatione with them,他说他无意和他们断绝关系。
⑥ They broke off their conversation when they heard a strange sound他们听到一个奇怪的声音,于是中断了谈话。
⑦ Mary has broken off her engagement.玛丽已中断了她的婚约。
⑧ The conference broke off at noon.会议在中午休会。
⑨ He broke off his studies and hurried home.他中断了学习,赶回家里。
⑩ Our trading connection was broken off owing to a disagreement overprices.由于价格达不成协议,我们的贸易关系破裂了。
15.find oneself...发现自己不自觉地(来到某处)
① Then I found myself surrounded by half a dozen boys.这时我发现自己被五六个小男孩围住了。
② The road gradually widened until we found ourselves in a large val-ley.路慢慢宽了起来,最后我们走进了一个广阔的山谷。
③ We walked on and on and at sunset,we found ourselves in a smallmountain village.我们不停地向前走,到太阳下山时,走进了一个小村。
④ They found-themselves in a passive position under attack.他们发现自己处于被动挨打的局面。
⑤ At dawn we found ourselves back to the place where we left thenight before.天亮时,我们发现我们回到了前一天晚上出发的地方。
⑥ He found himself walking in the direction of the zoo.他发现自己不知不觉在往动物园走去。【注】find oneself后的宾语补足语,一般是分词或介词短语。
【注】注意 find 与find out的区别,find是“偶然或通过一番经历而发现”;而find out则指通过调查,研究,观察等查明原因,发现真相,请比较下列句子。
⑦ I found him dishonest.我发现他不诚实。
⑧ As soon as the facts have been found out,we can begin to draw theconclusion.一搞清事实,我们就可以开始做结论。
⑨ I found I had made a mistake.我发现我出了个错。
⑩ We have not been able to find out who broke the window.我们至今还未发现是谁打破了窗子。
⑪ This precious mineral is found in several provinces.这种贵重的矿物在好几个省都有发现。
⑫ Try to look up the new word in the dictionary to find out its exactmeaning.要弄清这个生词的确切意思还是去查查词典。
16.play及play 短语play a trick on 表示“捉弄”、“开玩笑”,也可以说play a joke on.相当于 make fun of。
① I had never thought that they were playing a trick on me.我从未想到他们是在捉弄我。
② He played her a trick by telling her that she had won a prize.他跟她开了个玩笑,说她得了一个奖。
③ They haven't played a trick on me.他们没有耍弄过我。
④ You shouldn't play tricks:你不应乱开玩笑。
动词play 构成的词组较多,请注意记住下面的词组:play a part(role)in起···作用。
⑤ China is playing an increasingly important role in safeguarding theworld peace.中国对保卫世界和平正起着越来越重要的作用。
⑥ It played an important part in the development of the internationaltrade.它在发展国际贸易方面发挥着重要作用。
play with 玩弄
⑦ The cat played with its tail.猫在玩自己的尾巴。
⑧ He who plays with fire gets burned.玩火者自焚。
⑨ Don't play with her affections.不要玩弄她的感情。
play on/upon 利用
⑩ He tried to play on our sympathies by telling a long tale of his hardluck.他想通过详细讲述他的不幸遭遇来利用我们的同情心。
⑪ That speaker knows how to play on his audience's feelings.那位演讲人知道怎样利用听众的情感。
⑫ She didn't know they were playing on her sympathies.她不知道他们在利用她的同情心。
play truant 逃学
⑬ The two boys decided to play truant and go fishing.这两个男孩决定逃学去钓鱼。
⑭ Father punished Tom severely for his playing truant.父亲因汤姆逃学而严厉地惩罚他。
17.be supposed to 及 suppose的用法be supposed to意为“应该”、“应当”,后接不定式。① It is a secret still.I am supposed not to say.这还是机密,我不能说。
② You're not supposed to take the magazines out of the reading-room.这些杂志不能拿出阅览室。
③ An engineer is supposed to know how to repair the engine.一个工程师应该知道如何修理这台发动机。
④ You are supposed to be responsible for this.你该对此事负责。
当be supposed to 后接不定式的完成式时,实际上类似于虚拟语气,表示应该做的事而没有做,相当于should/ought to+完成式。
⑤ She is not supposed to have left the hospital so soon.她不应该这么早出院(却出院了)。
⑥ You are supposed to have handed in your composition by now.按理说你的作文现在已经交上来了(但没有交)。
⑦ The train is supposed to have arrived half an hour ago.火车应该半小时前就到了。
⑧ Your novel is supposed to have been published.你的小说按理应该出版了。suppose 相当于think。在表示否定式时,也与think相同。⑨ We supposed him to be a doctor.我们认为他是医生。
⑩ I don't suppose she'll agree.我们认为她不会同意。
⑪ When do you suppose they'll be back?你认为他们何时回来?
⑫ How long did you suppose she would stay here?你估计她将留多久。
【注】用think表示否定时,我们说I don't think so.而用suppose时,应该说 I suppose not.
⑬ “Is it going to rain?"“No,I suppose-not.”“天要下雨吗?”“不,我想不会”。
suppose意为“假设”、“万一”。
⑭ Let's suppose that the news is true.让我们假定那消息是真的。
⑮ Suppose it rains,what shall we do?万一下雨,我们怎么办?
⑯ Suppose a lion should come out of the forest?要是有狮子从森林里跑出来,会怎么样呢?
18.关于间接引语的几个问题let句型的间接引语,let句型可表示建议、号召、命令、允许和同意。现分述之。表示建议。用suggest+动名词或that从句表示。
① John said,“Let's go out for lunch."约翰说:“让我们出去吃中饭。”
John suggested going out for lunch.
或John suggested that we go out for lunch.约翰建议出去吃中饭。
②“Let's sell the old car and buy a new one."said Peter.彼得说:“我们把旧车卖掉再买辆新车。”
Peter suggested selling the old car and buying a new one.彼得建议卖掉旧车买辆新车。
表示号召,用“urged/advised+that从句。”
③ The leader of the trade union said,“Let's start work at once."工作主席说,“咱们立即开工。”The leader of the trade union advised the workers to start work atonce.
或The leader of the trade union advised that the workers should startwork at once.工会主席劝工人们立即开玉。
表示命令,用said +that 从句或order+that 从句。④ “Let no one be late."said the headmaster.校长说:“谁也不许迟到。”The headmaster ordered that no one should be late.
或The headmaster said that no one was to be late.校长下令说,谁也不许迟到。
表示允许、同意,用ask sb.to do sth.的句型。⑤“Let him repair the radio,Father."Said Alice.艾丽丝说:“爸爸,让他去修收音机吧!”
Alice asked her father to let him repair the radio.艾丽丝请求父亲让他修收音机。
在 wonder和 want to know 后可以用whether+不定式,而if不能直接加不定式。
⑥ She hasn't decided whether to go by train or by air.她还没有决定是乘火车还是乘飞机。
⑦ She wondered whether to go on or stop.她不知是继续干下去还是停下来。
whether可以放在介词之后,而if不可以。
⑧ We haven't settled the problem of whether we'll hold the sports meetthis week.我们还没有解决本周是否要举行运动会的问题。
如果直接引语是一个一般疑问句,其中又包含了一个if条件状语从句,改为间接引语时应该用whether,否则造成两个if。
⑨“If you are free tomorrow,will you go with me to the Great Wall?”Jack asked me.Jack asked me whether I would go with him to the Great Wall if Iwas free the next day.杰克问我如有空是否可与他一起去长城。
Will you...? Would you...? Could you...?表示邀请时,用ask或 invite sb.to do sth.来表示,也可以用if从句。
⑩ He said,"Will you have dinner with me this evening?"He invited me to have dinner with him that evening.He asked me if I would have dinner with him that evening.他邀请我晚上吃饭。
19.多个形容词修饰名词的排列顺序多个形容词修饰名词的排列顺序,一直是困扰中学生的问题,但有了“县官行令杀国才”这句法宝,在此类试题的实际操作中,均屡试不爽,妙不可言。
现分述如下:
“县”通“限”,即限定词,包括冠词、指示代词、物主代词、名词所有格。
“官”通“观”,即观点性描绘性形容词。如beautiful,good,fine,hon-est,kind,ugly等。
“行”通“形”,即形状、大小之类形容词,如round,tall,large,square等。
“令”通“龄”,即年龄、新旧之类形容词。
“杀”通“色”,即颜色之类的形容词。
“国”即区域、地点、国籍之类形容词。如mountainous,tropical,French等。
“才”通“财”,即表达各种材料或用途的名词或形容词作定语。如:wooden,stone,metal,writing等。请看两个句子:
①一张好看的小型新木制写字台a fine little new wooden writing desk
②我的漂亮的黑色法国产小轿车my beautiful little black French car
unit11
1、at sea 及其他at sea表示在“茫茫大海上”,意指“离海岸很远”。
① Now his ships were all at sea.现在他的船都出海了。
② The ship hit an iceberg and buried at sea.这条船撞上了冰山葬身海底。
③ Several ships were lost at sea owing to the hurricane.由于飓风,好几艘船在海上失踪。
④ They had first met at sea.他们在海上航行时首次见面。
at sea 前面加上all或completely时,引申为“茫然不知所措”之意。
⑤ I'm all at sea.I can't understand that problem.我简直是一片茫然,我无法理解这个问题。
⑥ He was all at sea when he began his new job.他开始新工作时,茫然不知所措。
⑦ Would you please explain it again? I'm all at sea.你是否再解释一下,我一点也不懂。
⑧ The girl was completely at sea when her mother scolded her.当母亲责怪她时,她简直一片茫然。
请注意by sea与by the sea的区别,前者表示“经海路”,后者表示“在海边”。
⑨ How did you go there? By train? No, we went there by sea.你们怎么到那里去的?乘火车?不,我们乘船去那里。
⑩ The Turners lived by the sea.特纳一家住在海边。
注意go to the sea与go to sea的区别,前者意为“去海滨”(度假或野餐),后者表示“去当水手”。
⑪ Last Sunday,the students in Class Two went to the sea.上星期天二班的学生去海边玩。
⑫ “I want to go to sea when I grow up."said the boy to his mother.这小孩对母亲说:“我长大了要去当水手。”
2.be in love with 爱上、相爱
① He has never been in love with anyone before.他以前从来没爱上过谁。
② They have been in love with each other for years.他们相爱已经几年了。
③ Tom and Mary are in love with each other.汤姆和玛丽在相爱。
fall in love with 爱上,喜欢上
④ I've fallen in love with this beautiful place.我爱上了这个风景优美的地方。
⑤ After working together for many years,they fell in love with each oth-er.他们在一起工作多年后,最后相爱了。
⑥ He fell in lovewith its warm temperature,its clear brooks and itsflourishing trees.他爱上了这里温和的气候,清澈的溪流和茂密的森林。
⑦ What is he going to do if his daughter falls in love with a poor man?如果他女儿爱上了一个穷人,他该怎么办?
⑧ She fell in love with the house as soon as she saw it.她一见到这所房子,就喜欢上它了。【注】从以上例句可看出,be in love with 注重状态,可以和表示一段时间的状语连用,而fall in love with 则不可。
3.scold sb.for sth./doing sth.这个短语表示“为···而责备某人”
for在此处表示原因,后接名词、代词或动名词。① The boy was scolded for being lazy.这孩子由于懒惰而遭到指责。
② The mother scolded the boy for not cleaning up his room.母亲责备男孩未把房间打扫干净。
③ The teacher scolded Tom for being late again.汤姆由于再次迟到而受到老师责备。
④ The child was scolded by his mother.小孩受到母亲斥责。
【注】scold的近义词是blame,意为“责备”、“归咎”,也与介词for连用,后接某事;但blame后直接跟sth.时,后接介词短语onsb.。
⑤ Bad workmen often blame their tools.拙劣的工人常常怪他们的工具不好。
⑥ He blamed his teacher for his failure.他把他的失败归咎于他的老师。
⑦ I have nothing to blame myself for.我自己是无可责备的。
⑧ Don't blame it on him,but on me.别怪他,该怪我。
⑨ It's not much use blaming our defeat on the weather.把我们的失败归之于天气是没有什么用的。
⑩ Don't blame your mistakes on others.不要把你的过错归罪于别人。
4.flesh与meat的区别flesh和 meat都解释为肉,但涵义有所不同,flesh指人或动物身上的肉,如指食用肉,则专指兽类的肉,不包括鱼禽类的肉。
① Mr Green is losing flesh.格林先生瘦了。
② Have you ever tasted the flesh of the snake?你尝过蛇肉吗?
③ You should get up early and do some exercise.Otherwise,you'll put onflesh.你应该早起锻炼,否则会发胖的。
④ The Great Wall was made not only of stone and earth,but of the fleshand blood of millions of men.长城不仅是用石头和泥土砌成,而且是几百万人的血肉所组成。
meat指供食用的兽类肉,是兽类肉的总称,如pork,mutton,beef。可统称为meat有时也指植物的肉。如:the meat of an apple。
⑤ What kind of meat is it?这是什么肉?
⑥ I like meat while my brother likes fish.我喜欢吃肉,而我弟弟喜欢吃鱼。
【注】meat是不可数名词,“一块肉”是a piece of meat。“一磅肉”是a(one)pound of meat。我们看到的meats是指多种肉。
5.dress的一种用法
dress在本课中作“打扮自己”解释,与介词as或like连用,或用dressup as sb.或 dress up for sth.
① They all dress up as PLA men.他们都打扮成解放军模样。
② She dressed up in Elizabethan costumes for the fancy dress ball.她穿上伊丽莎白时代的服装去参加化装舞会。
③ They tried to dress him up as a “national hero".他们想把他打扮成一个“民族英雄”。
④ The little boy likes to dress himself up as a policeman.这小男孩喜欢扮成警察。
6.have mercy on sb.宽恕某人
这一意思也可以由show mercy to sb.或 give mercy to sb.来表示。
① Have mercy on me.饶了我吧。
② They showed mercy to the defeated enemy.他们宽恕了被打败的敌人。
③ They had no mercy on their prisoners.他们对囚犯无怜悯之意。
④ The judge showed mercy on him.法官宽恕了他。
mercy也可作可数名词,这时意为“幸运的事”、“值得感激的事”。
⑤ What a mercy he escaped the fire!他从火里逃生,真是幸运!
⑥ He is thankful for small mercies.他对小恩小惠也很感激。
7.hope for 希望、盼望
① Hope for the best,prepare for the worst.抱最好的希望,做最坏的准备。
② After this dry weather,people all hope for rain.经过了这段干旱,人们普遍希望下雨。
③ We hope for better weather soon.我们希望天气很快好转。
④ This time they really hoped for better results.这次他们的确希望取得较好的成果。
⑤ How I hoped for his speedy recovery!我多么希望他早日康复啊!
【注】hope不能跟名词,但可以跟介词短语,如“盼望下雪”不能说成hope snow,而应该说 hope for snow;hope 可以跟不定式作宾语,但不定式不能作宾语补足语。
例如我们不能说 I hope you tocome soon.而应该说 I hope that you'll come soon.
8.desire的用法
desire意为“期望”、“想”、“希望”,后接名词或代词。
① All he desired then was some spare time for study.那时候他想的只是有些空余时间进行学习。
② I desire rest after such a long walk.在那么长的散步后,我很想休息一下。
③ The stranger said that he desired an interview.那个陌生人说他希望受到接见。
④ He couldn't well express his feelings however much he desired it.他没法恰当地表达出他的感情,不管他多么想这样做。
desire后可跟不定式作宾语补足语。
⑤ She had never desired to do anything like that.她从来没希望做这样的事。
⑥ There are a number of things that I desire to say.有几件事我想讲一下。
⑦ She desires to go south.她希望去南方。
⑧ There's one small point which I should desire to clear up.有一小点我想澄清一下。
desire 偶然也可跟不定式作宾补。
⑨ What do you desire me to do?你希望我做什么?
⑩ They desired him to go there at once.他们希望他马上到那里去。
desire也可作“请求”、“要求”解释,后面可接从句,不定式,在宾语从句中常用虚拟语气,即should+动词原形。
⑪ He desired that all letters should be burnt after his death.他请求在他死后把全部信件烧掉。
⑫ She desired that you should go and see her at once.她请你马上去见她。
⑬ The doctor desired that we should wait.医生请求我们等一等。
⑭ The teacher desired that all the exeroises should be handed in before school was over.老师要求所有的作业在放学前交上来。
9.Please be seated.请坐。
seat是及物动词,后必须跟宾语,或用被动语态形式。
① The young couple seated themselves upon a bench that stood by thelake.这对年轻的夫妇在湖畔的长凳上坐下。
② He seated himself near the window and began to read.他坐在窗户附近开始读书。
③ She was seated at the piano,with her back to them.她坐在钢琴旁,背对着他们。
④ Please be seated,ladies and gentlemen.女士们,先生们,请坐下。
⑤ I seated him in the armchair.我让他坐在安乐椅上。
⑥ Seat the telescope on the tripod.把望远镜安装在三脚架上。
seat 可解释为“能坐···人”。
⑦ That big cinema can seat 2000 people.那家大影院能坐两千人。
⑧ There are seven waiting rooms there,seating in all 17000 people.那里有七个候车室,总共可坐一万七千人。
【注】seat.与sit的区别在于前者是及物动词,后者是不及物动词,我们可以说“Sit down.”,但不可以说“Seat down.”,而应该说“Beseated.”。
10.倍数的表示方法times作“倍数”解释时,是可数名词,用times表示“A是B的几倍大(或高、长、宽、深等)”,“A比B大(高、长、宽、深等)几倍”,常见的句型如下:A is three times (four,etc.) the size(height、length、width、depth、etc.)of B.
① The new bridge is four times the width of the old one.这座新桥是旧桥的4倍宽。
② The meeting room is three times the size of the classroom.会议室是教室的3倍大。
③ The tower is three times the height of the building.这塔是那座楼房的3倍高。
④ The river is five times the depth of the brook.这条河是小溪的5倍深。
A is three (four, etc.) times as big (high,long,wide,deep,etc.)asB.
⑤ Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲是欧洲的4倍大。
⑥ This box is three times as heavy as that one.这个箱子是那个箱子的3倍重。
⑦ This new highway is three times as wide as the old one.新公路是旧公路的3倍宽。
⑧ The classroom is four times as big as our bedroom.教室是我们寝室的4倍大。
A is three (four,etc.)times bigger (higher,longer,wider,etc.)thanB.
⑨ The meeting room is three times bigger than our office.会议室比我们办公室大3倍。(会议室是我们办公室的4倍大。)
⑩ Asia is three times larger than Europe.亚洲比欧洲大3倍。
【注】用times表示倍数,一般只限于表示包括基数在内三倍或三倍以上的数,表示两倍不用two times,而用twice或double。
⑪ My income is now double what it was.我的收入是以前的二倍。
⑫ Now the number of sheep is more than double that of 1980.现在羊的数目是1980年的两倍多。
11.动词 offer的用法offer有“主动提出,提供”之意,表示提供一种东西或提出一项建议。
① The young man offered the old woman his own seat.那个青年人要把自己的座位让给老大娘。
② They offered him a job at the factory,but he refused.他们提出在工厂给他安排工作,但他拒绝了。
③ They offered a reward for the return of the jewel that had been lost.他们悬赏寻找失去的珠宝。
④ It began to rain,so I offered her my umbrella,She wouldn't take it.天开始下雨,所以我把雨伞拿给她用,她不要。
offer表示“出价”,与介词for连用,后接某事物。
⑤ I offered him thirty thousand dollars for the house.我向他出价三万美元买这幢房子。
⑥ They offered their boat for sale for 2000 dollars.他们把船拿来出售,索价两千美元。
⑦ They offered him 3000 pounds for the computer.他们愿意出三千镑来买他这台计算机。
⑧ They offered two hundred francs for the right to reproduce the paint-ing.他们愿意出200法朗表取得这种画的复制权。
【注】offer后接价钱,表示主语愿买;后接事物,表示主语愿出售该事物。请比较句⑤一⑧。offer既可作动词也可作名词用,不论用作何种词,后面均可跟动词不定式。
⑨ He offered to lend me some books.他主动提出要借一些书给我。
⑩ Thank you for your kind offer to lend me some books.谢谢你借给我这些书。
⑪ Thank you for your offer to help us.谢谢你表示愿意帮助我们。
⑫ He offered to drive us to the station,but we prepared to walk there.他说他可以开车送我们去车站,但我们宁愿走着去。
12.declare一词的用法declare意为“宣布”、“宣告”、“声明”后接名词或从句。
① Britain declared war on/against Germany on 3rd,September,1939.1939年9月3日英国对德国宣战。
② The colonies declared their independence from England.这些殖民地宣告脱离英国而独立。
③ He declared to us that he had done the work himself.他一本正经地向我们说他独自完成了工作。
④ Charles declared the result of the election.查尔斯宣布了选举结果。
⑤ Miss Alice declared that she had nothing to do with it.艾丽斯小姐声称她和这事无关。
⑥ She declared that she didn't want to see him any more.她声称她再也不想见到他了。declare后面可接复合结构,该复合结构可由形容词、介词短语、不定式,分词等充当。
⑦ The teacher declared Tom chosen.老师宣布汤姆被选上了。
⑧ The chairman declared the meeting open.主席宣布开会。
⑨ The boys declared themelves against cheating.男孩子们宣称他们自己也反对欺骗行为。
⑩ They declared his story to be true.他们声明他的说法是虚构的。
13.shall 作为情态动词的用法作为情态动词shall可用于任何人称,在陈述句中表示允诺、威胁、命令、决心、规定等。如:表示允诺。
① Tell her that she shall get the book tomorrow.告诉她明天就可以拿到那本书了。
② I promise you shall see them again before long.我保证你不久就会见到他们。
③ Don't worry.You shall get the answer this very afternoon.别着急,今天下午你就可以得到答复了。
④ You shall have higher pay if you work well.如果你工作得好,你可以得到较高的工资。
⑤ You shall hear everthing directly you come.你一来,什么都会听到。表示威胁、命令。
⑥ You shall suffer for this!你会为这件事吃苦头的!
⑦ As a man sows,so he shall reap.善有善报,恶有恶报。
⑧ They shall suffer for this;they shall answer for what they have done.他们将没有好下场,他们要为他们的所作所为付出代价。
⑨"If you won't do as I tell you,you shan't get your birthday gift."saidFatherto Tom.父亲对汤姆说:“如果你不听话,你就得不到生日礼物。”
⑩ “You shall do everything as I do,so look carefully.said the teacherto the students.老师对学生说:“你们必须照我做的去做,看仔细了。”表示决心。
⑪ Everything shall be done to save the ship.必须尽一切力量来救这艘船。
⑫ I never shall do such a thing,never!这种事我是绝对不干的,绝对不干!
⑬ You shall not catch me so easily next time.第十一单元下次你决不会那么容易赶上我。
⑭ The enemy shall be wiped out.敌人一定会被消灭。用在条约、规则、法令等文件中。
⑮ The new regulation shall take effect on June 1st.新章程6月1日起施行。
⑯ The National Party Congress shall be held every five years.党的全国代表大会每五年举行一次。
用在某些从句中,表示意图、要求,相当于should。
⑰ We are anxious that he shall be given a chance to try it out.我们热切希望能给他机会试一试。
⑱ My demand is that you shall get it ready before five.我要求你在五时前把它准备好。
⑲ I wish that you shall stay at home tonight.我希望今晚你会留在家里。
⑳ I'm anxious that it shall be done in time.我急于要把这件事及时做好。
21 My mother is determined that I shall stay on.妈妈决定让我待下去。
14.at the mercy of
这一短语的意思是“任由···摆布”、“在···的掌握(支配)中”,相当于inthe powwer of。
① The ship hit a rock and sank down.The crew were at the mercy ofthe winds and waves.船撞上礁石下沉了,船员在风浪中随波飘流。
② The dog's life was at the mercy of its master.狗的生命在他主人掌握之中。
③ The mouse caught just now was at the mercy of the cat,his cruel en-emy.刚才被抓住的那只老鼠现在由它的残忍的敌人猫任意摆布。
15.go down on one's knees 跪下、屈膝其中go也可以用get替代,即get down on one's knees。① Never go down on one's knees before enemy.在敌人面前决不能屈膝。
② He went down on his knees and begged for mercy.
unit12
1.together的用法
altogether意为“总计”、“一共”,可置于句首、句中或句末。
1.Altogether Crusoe had eleven guns.克鲁索一共有11支枪。
2.There are ten people here altogether.这里总共有10个人。
③ They altogether spent a year digging the tunnel.他们开挖渠道总共用了一年时间。altogether亦可作“总之”、“总而言之”解释
④ It was raining,but altogether it was a good trip.下了雨,不过总而言之,那趟旅行玩得不错。
⑤ Altogether,the achievements gained during the past thirteen years inour country are very great.总而言之,13年以来我国取得的成就是巨大的。
⑥ The weather was bad and the trains were crowded; altogether itwasn't a very satisfactory excursion.天气恶劣,火车又挤,总之,不是一次很满意的郊游。
altogether也相当于wholly,entirely,即“完全地”、“全部地”。
⑦ I don't altogether agree with him.我不完全同意他。
⑧ He felt not altogether satisfied.他并不完全感到满意。
【注】all together作“每个人或东西都···”解释,试比较。
⑨ Place your exercise books all together on the desk in front of theblackboard.把你们的练习本统统放到黑板前面的桌子上。
⑩ Altogether,your have made a mistake.总的说来,你多少犯了一个错误。
⑪ We call for four tons of oil altogether.我们总共需要4吨油。
2.permit 作名词用,意为“执照、“许可证”。
① He had a special permit to visit the country.他有访问这个国家的特殊许可。
② Have you got a driving permit?你有没有取得驾照?
③ You won't get into the atomic research station without a permit.你没有许可证不能进入原子研究站。
④ Bring the special permit with you,otherwise,you can't go into the air-port.把特别通行证带在身边,否则你不能进入机场。【注】permit 作动词用时相当于allow,与allow不同的是,它强调“允许是得到上级或文件正式认可的”,意为“正式答应”、“许可”,比al-low正式;allow所表示的允许,含有“听任”、“默许”之意。但事实上的区别并不那么严格,在很多情况下可以交换使用。
⑤ I'll visit him tomorrow if time permits.如果时间许可,明天我要去拜访他。
⑥ Each student was allowed five minutes for free talk.每个学生被允许五分钟自由谈话。
⑦ Smoking is not permitted in this theatre.本剧院不许吸烟。
⑧ She allowed her imagination full play.她让她的想象力尽量发挥。
3.spare的用法。动词spare在本课中作“抽出时间”、“匀出”解释。
① I'm afraid I can't spare the weekend.I'll be on duty.恐怕这个周末我没空,我要值班。
② Can you spare me five minntes? I want your advice.你能否挤出五分钟?我想请教你。
③ We're so busy that no one in the office can be spared for any otherwork.我们都很忙,公司中没有人能拨出来做其他工作。
④ He asked me to spare him a ticket.他要我让一张票给他。spare还可以作“节省”、“节约”解释。
⑤ We hope that readers will not spare their comments.我们希望读者多提意见。
⑥ Use the telephone and spare yourself a visit.打个电话,省得你跑一趟。
⑦ Better spare your energy for more important work.你最好节省精力来干更重要的工作。
⑧ We'll spare no efforts to help them.我们将不遗余力地帮助他们。
spare 亦可意为“饶恕”、“使免于(受苦、受罚等)”。
⑨ Take my money but spare my life!把我的钱拿走,但饶我一命!
⑩ The doctor tried to spare him from pain.医生设法使他免受痛苦。
⑪ She would give everything if shecould spare her children from sufferings.如果能使她的孩子不受痛苦她愿付出任何代价。
⑫ How can we spare his feelings?我们怎样能不伤害他的感情呢?spare可作形容词用,意为“剩余的”、“多余的”。
⑬ We have no spare room in our house.我们家里没有多余的房间。
⑭ Do you carry a spare wheel in the back of your car?你在车后携带一个备用的轮胎吗?
4.fly away 与 fly offfly away 与fly off都可表示“匆匆离去(飞去)”之意,但有一些差别。fly away 距离较远,而fly off 指距离较近。
① Then they flew away into their hiding place.后来他们窜回到他们躲藏的地方去了。
② When he was driving very fast,one of the wheels of his wagon flewoff.他正把车赶得飞快,一只轮子突然脱落了。
【注】away是副词,off既可作副词,也可作介词。off后可跟宾语,away 后则不可。
③ The bird shook its tail and flew away.那只鸟摇着尾巴飞走了。
④ He pointed his gun at the birdwhich flew off the tree immediately.他把枪瞄准那只鸟,但它立即从树上飞走了。
【注】在动词 keep,run,walk,move等后面加上away或off,其区别与上述所谈类似。
⑤ What kept you away last Sunday?上星期日你为什么没来?
⑥ Keep off the grass!勿踏草地!
5.weather和climate的区别
weather意为“天气”,为不可数名词,不能在前面加不定冠词,如我们只能说 in such fine weather。而不能说 in such a fine weather。
① Keep the windows open in fine weather.天气晴朗时,应把窗户打开。
② He stays indoors watching TV in wet weather.下雨天他常待在家里看电视。
③ The weather has changed.天气变了。
④ Many crops depend on the weather.许多农作物要依靠天气。
【注】weather前虽不可加不定冠词,但在表示“各种各样的天气”,或“不论哪种天气”时,weather用复数。
⑤ She goes out in all weathers.不论天气如何,她总出去。
⑥ In most weathers,they work outdoors.在大多数天气条件下,他们在室外工作。
【注】weather与climate都表示天气,但两者侧重点不同,weather指某特定地区在一定时间内的气象情况。climate指一般比较长的时间,如一季的天气状况。
⑦ A drier climate would be good for her health.气候较干燥的地区会对她的健康有益。
⑧ The climate of Kunming is enjoyable all year round.昆明的气候一年四季都令人愉快。
6.not all 与all not
这两种用法都表示不完全否定,即“不是所有的”之意。
① All my friends smoke.我的朋友都抽烟。
② Not all my friends smoke./All my friends don't smoke.不是我所有的朋友都抽烟。
③ All my classmates are League members.我的同班同学都是团员。
④ Not all my classmate are League members./All my classmater are notLeague members.我的同班同学不都是团员。
【注】否定all应用none.
⑤ None of my friends smoke.我的朋友都不抽烟。
⑥ None of my classmates are League members.我的同班同学一个也不是团员。
另外,当not和every,both连用时,也表示部分否定,如要表示全部否定,分别用no one和either。
⑦ Everyone (Everybody) has got an English-Chinesedictionary每个人都有一本英汉词典。
⑧ Not eveyone (everybody) has got an English-Chinese dictionary./Ev-eryone (Everybody) has not got an English-Chinese dietionary.不是每一个人都有一本英汉词典。
⑨ He did everything right.他做得都对。He didn't do everything right.他做得不都对。He did nothing right.他什么也没做对。
⑩ Both of them are doctors.他们俩都是医生。Both of them are not doctors.他们俩不都是医生。
Neither of them is a doctor.他们俩都不是医生。
⑪ He often comes late.他经常迟到。
He doesn't often come late.他不经常迟到。
He never comes late.他从不迟到。
【注】副词 often,always分别用seldom,never来否定。
7.help to do sth.及其他help to do sth.意为“有助于某事”,不定式符号to可有可无。如:① A visit to a museum helps (to) understand many things.参观博物馆有助于我们理解很多东西。
② The ambassador's visit helped (to) establish friendly relations bet weenthe two countries.大使的访问有助于在两国间建立友好关系。
③ Sports help (to) keep people healthy.体育运动有助于保持人的身体健康。
can't help doing sth.表示“忍不住”做某事。
④ None of us could help laughing.我们都忍不住笑了起来。
⑤ Well,I can't help him/his being so foolish.唉,他那么愚蠢我也没办法。
⑥ I can't help being irritated by sudden noise.突然的嘈杂声使我没法不烦躁。
can't help doing sth.相当于 can't help but do sth.
⑦ As she spoke rather loudly,we could not help but overhear what shesaid.她说话声音相当大,所以我们不可避免地从旁听到了他的话。
⑧ When a friend gave Jim a ticket for the game,he couldn't help but go.当朋友给吉姆一张看比赛的票时,吉姆只得去了。
help oneself to.使进食,随便拿
⑨ Help yourself to some fish.请随便吃点鱼。⑩ We were helped to some ice-cream.有人给我们吃些冰淇淋。
⑪ What shall I help you to then?那你还要点什么?
⑫ The money was on the table and no one was there,so he helped him-self to it.钱在桌子上,那儿又没有人,所以他就随便拿了。
8.more thanmore than 用在数词前表示“比···多”、“超过”。这里用在名词前面,意为“不只是”、“不仅仅是”,相当于not only。
① Beijing Weekend is more than a newspaper. It can help us to learnEnglish.《北京周末》不仅仅是一张报纸,它对我们学英语有帮助。
② Miss Green is more than a teacher.She is our best friend.格林小姐不仅仅是一位老师,她还是我们的好朋友。
③ The science museum is more than a museum. It is like a school in which we can learn a lot.科学博物馆不仅仅是一个博物馆,它就像一所学校,我们从中可以学到很多。
④ This book seems more than a grammar.It is liké a book on idioms.这本书看起来不仅仅是语法,它就像一本惯用法的书。
9.such as 与 such...as...such as
用来列举事物,意为“例如”或“像”。
① Some of the rubbish such as food,paper and iron,rots away over a longperiod of time.有些垃圾,如食物、纸张和铁器,时间久了才烂掉。
② A man such as he will surely succeed.像他这样的人肯定会成功。
③ Have you seen some fierce animals such as lions,tigers, wolves and soon?你见过象、狮子、老虎、狼等凶猛动物吗?
④ You can borrow books of reference,such as dictionaries and hand-books.你可以借些参考书,像词典和手册之类。
such...as...像···任何的,凡是···的。
⑤ Such girls as he knew were teachers.他所认识的女孩子都是老师。
⑥ Such bikes as you have are sold out.像你所有的那种自行车已卖完了。
⑦ Take such as you need.你需要多少拿多少。⑧ I will send you such as I have.我将给你送我有的那种东西。
such as 后可加不定式,表示“到···的程度”。
⑨ His words are such as to make his friends angry.他的话已到了使朋友生气的程度。
⑩ His illness was such as to cause anxiety.他的病到了使人担扰的程度。
such as也可后接that引起的从句。
⑪ His courage is such as that he does not know the meaning of fear.他的勇气如此之大,以致于不知道恐惧是何物。
10.lie in的两种用法
lie in表示“在于”,相当于exist in
① His chief attraction lies in his character,not his looks.他的魅力主要在于他的人品而不是他的外表。
② The trouble lies in the engine.毛病出在发动机上。
③ The wisdom of a nation lies in their proverbs.一个民族的智慧集中反映在谚语中。
④ Perhaps the answer lies in trying another method.也许用另一种方法才能找到解决问题的答案。
⑤ I will do everything that lies in my power.我将尽力而为。
⑥ Hard work leads to success and failure often lies in laziness.刻苦努力带来的是成功,而失败往往在于懒惰。
os bAlie in的另一种意思是“睡懒觉”。
⑦ He used to lie in on Sundays.他过去星期日常睡懒觉。
⑧ Mother let me lie in,but I got up for breakfast.母亲允许我睡懒觉,但我为了吃早饭还是起床了。
11.reduce ...to...减少(小,速);使处于··状态。
① Your speed must be reduced to the city speed as soon as you cross theborder.你一进市区车速就得减到市区的规定速度。
② His life's work can be reduced to a search for truth.他的毕生事业可以说就是探求真理。
③ The town was reduced to ashes in the war.战争使该城化为灰烬。
④ He has been reduced almost to skin and bones.他病得皮包骨头。
【注】reduce...to.中的to是介词,后接名词,代词或动名词。
⑤ She was reduced to begging for food.她沦落到要饭的地步。
12.show offshow off 表示“炫耀”。
① He hasn't much acting ability,but uses the stage as a chance to showoff.他没有什么表演才能,只不过利用舞台作为卖弄的机会罢了。
② She wants to go out simply to show off her new clothes.
扫一扫
1561
被折叠的 条评论
为什么被折叠?
到【灌水乐园】发言
